TO_REMOVE+=/usr/share/man/man5/host.conf.5.gz
TO_REMOVE+=/usr/share/misc/magic.mime
TO_REMOVE+=/usr/share/misc/magic.mime.mgc
+TO_REMOVE+=/usr/bin/gcpio
+TO_REMOVE+=/usr/share/man/cat1/gcpio.1.gz
+TO_REMOVE+=/usr/share/man/man1/gcpio.1.gz
+++ /dev/null
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 2, June 1991
-
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
- Preamble
-
- The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
-License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
-software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
-General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
-Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
-using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
- To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
-
- For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
-rights.
-
- We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
-
- Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
-authors' reputations.
-
- Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
-patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
-
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-\f
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
- 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
-a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
-refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
-means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
-that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
-either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
-the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
-
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
-
- 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
-source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
-and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
-along with the Program.
-
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
-you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
-
- 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
- stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
- b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
- whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
- part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
- parties under the terms of this License.
-
- c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
- when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
- interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
- announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
- notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
- a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
- these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
- License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
- does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
- the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-\f
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
- 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
-
- a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
- source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
- 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
- b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
- years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
- cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
- machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
- distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
- customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
- c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
- to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
- allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
- received the program in object code or executable form with such
- an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
-
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
-
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-\f
- 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
- 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
-
- 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-
- 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-\f
- 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
-
- 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
-later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
-
- 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
-
- NO WARRANTY
-
- 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
-REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
- 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-\f
- Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
- If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
- To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
- <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
- Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author>
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
- Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
- Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
- This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
- under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
-be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
-mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
- Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
- `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-
- <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
- Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
-proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
-consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
-library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
-Public License instead of this License.
+++ /dev/null
- GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 2, June 1991
-
- Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is
- numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
-
- Preamble
-
- The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
-Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
-free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
-
- This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
-specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
-other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for
-your libraries, too.
-
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
- To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
-you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
-
- For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
-or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
-you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
-code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide
-complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
-with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
-it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
-
- Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
-the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
-permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
-
- Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
-version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
-the original authors' reputations.
-\f
- Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
-software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
-transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this,
-we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
-free use or not licensed at all.
-
- Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
-GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This
-license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
-designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary
-one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
-the same as in the ordinary license.
-
- The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
-they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
-program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without
-changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
-analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in
-a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
-derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
-treats it as such.
-
- Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
-Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
-sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We
-concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
-
- However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
-users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
-libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to
-permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
-preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
-libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve
-this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
-changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this
-will lead to faster development of free libraries.
-
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
-"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
-former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
-works together with the library.
-
- Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
-General Public License rather than by this special one.
-\f
- GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
- 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
-contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
-party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
-General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is
-addressed as "you".
-
- A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
-prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
-(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
-
- The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
-which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
-Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
-copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
-portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
-straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
-included without limitation in the term "modification".)
-
- "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
-all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
-interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
-and installation of the library.
-
- Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
-running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
-such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
-on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
-writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
-and what the program that uses the Library does.
-
- 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
-complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
-you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
-appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
-all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
-warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
-Library.
-
- You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
-and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
-fee.
-\f
- 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
-
- b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
- stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
- c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
- charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
-
- d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
- table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
- the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
- is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
- in the event an application does not supply such function or
- table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
- its purpose remains meaningful.
-
- (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
- a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
- application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
- application-supplied function or table used by this function must
- be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
- root function must still compute square roots.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
-it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Library.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
-with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
- 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
-License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
-this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
-that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
-instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
-ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
-that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
-these notices.
-\f
- Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
-that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
-subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
-
- This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
-the Library into a program that is not a library.
-
- 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
-derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
-under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
-it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
-must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
-medium customarily used for software interchange.
-
- If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
-from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
-source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
-distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
- 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
-Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
-linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
-work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
-therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
-
- However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
-creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
-contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
-library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
-Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
-
- When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
-that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
-derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
-Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
-linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
-threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
-
- If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
-structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
-functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
-file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
-work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
-Library will still fall under Section 6.)
-
- Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
-distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
-Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
-whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
-\f
- 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
-link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
-work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
-under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
-modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
-engineering for debugging such modifications.
-
- You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
-Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
-this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
-during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
-copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
-directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
-of these things:
-
- a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
- machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
- changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
- Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
- with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
- uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
- user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
- executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
- that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
- Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
- to use the modified definitions.)
-
- b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
- least three years, to give the same user the materials
- specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
- than the cost of performing this distribution.
-
- c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
- from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
- specified materials from the same place.
-
- d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
- materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
-
- For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
-Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
-reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
-the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
-distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
-components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
-which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
-the executable.
-
- It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
-restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
-accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
-use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
-distribute.
-\f
- 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
-Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
-facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
-library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
-the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
-permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
-
- a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
- based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
- facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
- Sections above.
-
- b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
- that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
- where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
-
- 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
-the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
-attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
-distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
-rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
-or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
-terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
-
- 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Library or works based on it.
-
- 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
-subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-\f
- 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
-particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
-and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system which is
-implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
- 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
-an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
-so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
-excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
-written in the body of this License.
-
- 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
-versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
-Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
-but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
-"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
-conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
-the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
-license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
-the Free Software Foundation.
-\f
- 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
-write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
-copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
-Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
-decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
-of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
-and reuse of software generally.
-
- NO WARRANTY
-
- 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
-WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
-EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
-OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
-KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
-LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
-THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
- 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
-WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
-AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
-FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
-LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
-RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
-FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
-SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGES.
-
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-\f
- Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
-
- If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
-everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
-redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
-ordinary General Public License).
-
- To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
-safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
-"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
- <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
- Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
- Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
-necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
- Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
- library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
-
- <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
- Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-That's all there is to it!
+++ /dev/null
-Tue Jan 16 19:03:05 1996 John Oleynick (juo@wombat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
- * util.c: An I/O error reading a file would cause the last byte
- of the next file to be corrupted in the archive. Thanks to a
- buggy NT NFS server for pointing out this problem.
- * Version 2.4.2 released.
-
-Tue Jan 9 23:19:37 1996 John Oleynick (juo@wombat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
- * copyout.c: missed 1 part of last bug fix.
-
-Mon Jan 8 16:49:01 1996 John Oleynick (juo@wombat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
- * copyout.c, copypass.c: Use result of readlink() as length
- of link name instead of size from lstat(). On some OS's lstat()
- doesn't return the true length in size. Bug reported by
- Robert Joop (rj@rainbow.IN-berlin.DE).
-
-Wed Dec 20 10:52:56 1995 John Oleynick (juo@wombat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
- * rmt.c: Added temporary kludge so make rmt will work on Linux.
- * configure.in: Only define HAVE_UTIME_H if utime.h declares
- struct utimbuf.
- * Makefile.in: Change prefix, exec_prefix and bindir to get their
- values from configure. Added cpio.info to DISTFILES.
- * cpio.texi: Added INFO-DIR-ENTRY.
- * Version 2.4.1 released.
-
-Wed Nov 22 19:37:05 1995 John Oleynick (juo@wombat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
- * cpio.texi: Updated release date and FSF's address.
- * NEWS: Listed major new features for 2.4.
- * mt.c, mt.1: Added seek and fsfm commands.
- * Version 2.4 released.
-
-Tue Jun 27 19:14:27 1995 John Oleynick (juo@wombat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
- * configure.in: fixed for new autoconf. Added check to make
- sure fnmatch() works.
- * Makefile.in: changed realclean to maintainer-clean. Added
- support to handle fnmatch separate from other LIBOBJS.
- * cpio.texi: More changes for 2.4.
-
-Wed Dec 14 16:14:27 1994 John Oleynick (juo@wombat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
- * copypass.h: When given the -a option, set the access time of
- the copy to be the access time of the original (instead of the
- modification time of the original). Reported by
- karney@pppl.gov (Charles Karney).
- * cpio.texi: Updated with changes for 2.4.
-
-Wed Nov 3 18:18:07 1994 John Oleynick (juo@wombat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
- * safe-stat.h, Makefile.in: New file used by mkdir.c. This will go
- away when we get the real safe-xstat.[ch]in for mkdir.c.
- * main.c: Don't mention [--null] twice in -p's usage message.
- Changed --no-absolute-paths to --no-absolute-filenames.
- * cpio.1: Updated man page with new features.
- * cpio.texi, texinfo.tex, Makefile.in: Added texi documentation
- from Robert Carleton (rbc@gnu.ai.mit.edu).
-
-Mon Oct 3 00:46:30 1994 John Oleynick (juo@wombat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
- * makefile.pc, system.h: Changes to compile with Borland C++ 4.0.
-
-Thu Sep 29 22:15:50 1994 John Oleynick (juo@wombat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
- * makepath.c: Don't #define index if it is already #defined.
-
- * mt.c: Check for __hpux defined instead of __hpux__. Reported
- by ericb@lsid.hp.com (Eric Backus).
-
-Thu Sep 29 11:21:31 1994 John Oleynick (juo@wombat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
- * extern.h, util.c, copyout.c, copypass.c, main.c, global.c:
- Never mind --ignore-disk-input-errors flag, we'll just always
- do that, like tar.
-
- * global.c, extern.h, main.c, copyin.c, copyout.c, copypass.c:
- Added --quiet flag to supress printing number of blocks copied.
-
- * global.c, extern.h: If compiled with gcc, make input_bytes
- and output_bytes `long long' instead of `long'. We need more
- than 32 bits to keep track of the number of bytes copied to
- and from tape drives that hold more than 4Gbytes.
-
- * util.c, copyin.c, main.c, global.c, extern.h: Added
- --only-verify-crc flag to read a CRC format archive and verify
- its contents' CRCs.
-
- * copyout.c: Fixed problem with creating oldc format archives
- on machines with 16 bit ints. Reported by mpoole@cix.compulink.co.uk
- (Martin Poole).
-
- * mt.c: Need to open tape WR_ONLY for erase command (and probably
- others?). Reported by robert@hst.e.technik.uni-kl.de (Robert
- Vogelgesan). Accept `eject' as a synonym for `offline'. Accept
- `-t' as a synonym for `-f' (to be compatible with HPUX mt, which
- only accepts `-t').
-
-Wed Sep 28 12:01:55 1994 John Oleynick (juo@wombat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
- * extern.h, global.c, main.c, util.c: only write sparse files
- when given --sparse flag.
- * extern.h, util.c, copyout.c, copypass.c, main.c, global.c:
- Added support for --ignore-disk-input-errors flag.
-
-Wed Aug 24 12:55:38 1994 David J. MacKenzie (djm@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * configure.in: Replace calls to AC_REMOTE_TAPE and AC_RSH
- with equivalent code, since those macros are going away.
-
-Sun Feb 13 00:56:48 1994 John Oleynick (juo@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
- * extern.h, global.c, main.c, util.c: Added code to
- tape_buffered_peek() to properly handle large, corrutped
- archives, without overrunning the allocated buffer and
- dumping core. Also changed the way the input and output
- buffers are allocated in initialize_buffers().
-
-Tue Jan 25 01:04:32 1994 John Oleynick (juo@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
- * copyin.c, copyout.c, copypass.c, extern.h, main.c, tar.c, util.c:
- Redid i/o buffer code. Previously, the same routines buffered input and
- output for accessing the archive and the filesystem. Now there are
- separate routines for buffering input and output and for buffering the
- archive and the filesystem. This simplifies much of the buffer code
- (e.g., only input from the archive has to check for end of tape and
- allow the tape to be changed, only output to the filesystem has to
- handle byte and word swapping, etc.; previously one routine had to
- handle all of these special cases) This is how the routines got split
- and renamed (old name -> new name):
-
- clear_rest_of_block -> tape_clear_rest_of_block
- copy_files -> copy_files_tape_to_disk
- " -> copy_files_disk_to_disk
- " -> copy_files_disk_to_tape
- copy_buf_out -> disk_buffered_write
- " -> tape_buffered_write
- copy_in_buf -> tape_buffered_read
- empty_output_buffer -> tape_empty_output_buffer
- " -> disk_empty_output_buffer
- fill_input_buffer -> tape_fill_input_buffer
- " -> disk_fill_input_buffer
- pad_output -> tape_pad_output
- peek_in_buf -> tape_buffered_peek
- skip_padding -> tape_skip_padding
- toss_input -> tape_toss_input
-
- * extern.h, global.c, main.c, util.c: Added support for
- writing sparse files.
-
-Tue Dec 28 23:01:36 1993 John Oleynick (juo@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
- * util.c, system.h, makepath.c, extern.h: don't define chown()
- and don't typedef uid_t and gid_t if we are being compiled
- by DJGPP.
-
- * copyin.c, extern.h, global.c, main.c: Added support for
- --rename-batch-file.
-
- * copyin.c, copyout.c, extern.h: Cleaned up to pass gcc -Wall.
-
-Wed Dec 22 02:17:44 1993 John Oleynick (juo@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * makepath.c, copypass.c, copyin.c: If cpio was creating a
- directory that contained `.' in the pathname (e.g. `foo/./bar'),
- it would complain that it could not create `.', since it already
- exists. From schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de (Andreas
- Schwab).
-
- * mt.c: Added "eject" as a synonym for "offline".
-
- * util.c: Slight modification to when we lseek with
- BROKEN_LONG_TAPE_DRIVER (do it every 1Gb, instead
- of every 2Gb).
-
- * copyin.c, global.c, extern.h: Added --no-absolute-paths option,
- to ignore absolute paths in archives.
-
-Tue Dec 21 01:30:59 1993 John Oleynick (juo@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * util.c: Fix for copying new_media_message_after_number. From
- Christian.Kuehnke@arbi.informatik.uni-oldenburg.de (Christian
- Kuehnke).
-
-Thu Jul 29 20:35:57 1993 David J. MacKenzie (djm@wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * Makefile.in (config.status): Run config.status --recheck, not
- configure, to get the right args passed.
-
-Mon Jul 19 23:01:00 1993 David J. MacKenzie (djm@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * Makefile.in (libdir): Use standard GNU value --
- $(exec_prefix)/lib, not /etc.
- (.c.o): Put CFLAGS last.
-
-Thu Jul 8 19:43:39 1993 David J. MacKenzie (djm@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * Makefile.in: Add rules for remaking Makefile, configure,
- config.status.
-
-Mon Jul 5 14:54:08 1993 John Oleynick (juo@spiff.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * cpio.1: Updated man page for 2.3.
- * Makefile.in: Create distribution with .gz extension, instead of .z.
-
-Tue Jun 29 18:54:37 1993 John Oleynick (juo@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * Makefile.in: Added installdirs target (using mkinstalldirs).
- * Added mkinstalldirs script.
- * main.c, mt.c: Added --help option. Changed usage() to
- take a stream and exit value (so --help can print on stdout
- and return a 0 exit status).
- * extern.h: Removed usage()'s prototype (it was out of date,
- and only used in main.c).
-
-Thu May 6 00:22:22 1993 John Oleynick (juo@hal.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * cpio.1: Added hpbin and hpodc.
-
-Tue May 4 00:32:29 1993 John Oleynick (juo@hal.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copypass.c (process_copy_pass): When
- deleting an existing file, if the file is a directory, use rmdir()
- instead of unlink().
-
-Thu Apr 29 14:43:56 1993 John Oleynick (juo@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * tar.c (read_in_tar_header): Clear non-protection bits from
- mode, in case tar has left some device bits in there.
-
-Wed Apr 28 10:36:53 1993 John Oleynick (juo@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * util.c: Added code to try and work around broken tape drivers
- that have problems with tapes > 2Gb.
-
- * copyout.c (process_copy_out): Pass file_hdr to
- writeout_other_defers() and add_link_defer() by reference,
- not by value.
-
- * copyin.c (process_copy_in): Pass file_hdr to defer_copyin()
- and create_defered_links() by reference, not by value.
-
- * defer.c: include <sys/types.h> (to build on BSD 4.3 on HP300)
-
-Fri Apr 16 18:01:17 1993 John Oleynick (juo@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * mt.c, util.c: Include <sys/mtio.h> if HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H is
- defined, not HAVE_MTIO_H.
-
-Wed Apr 14 17:37:46 1993 John Oleynick (juo@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * util.c: Include <sys/io/trioctl.h> if HAVE_SYS_IO_TRIOCTL_H
- is defined.
-
- * mt.c: Only include <sys/mtio.h> if HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H is defined.
-
-Fri Apr 2 13:09:11 1993 John Oleynick (juo@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * configure.in: Added fnmatch to AC_REPLACE_FUNCS. Added
- sys/io/trioctl.h to AC_HAVE_HEADERS.
-
- * Makefile.in: Removed fnmatch.o from OBJS.
-
- * copyin.c: Only include "fnmatch.h" if FNM_PATHNAME isn't
- defined yet.
-
- * mt.c: Include <sys/io/trioctl.h> if HAVE_SYS_IO_TRIOCTL_H is
- defined.
-
-Mon Mar 29 17:04:06 1993 John Oleynick (juo@hal.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * Many changes for supporting HPUX Context Dependent Files;
- also some bug fixes to fix problems with multiply (hard) linked
- device files; minor changes to support HPUX format archives
- (slightly broken?) System V.4 posix tar archives and HPUX
- posix tar archives.
-
- * Makefile.in: New files defer.o, defer,c and defer.h; added
- -DSYMLINK_USES_UMASK and -DHPUX_CDF comments; changed dist rule
- to use gzip with tar, instead of compress.
-
- * copyin.c: changes for new arf_hpbinary and arf_hpascii formats;
- HPUX CDF's; DEBUG_CPIO; fixes to properly handle multiple
- links in newc and crc format archives (new routines defer_copyin(),
- create_defered_links(), create_final_defers()); move most
- multiple (hard) link code to new routines link_name() and
- link_to_maj_min_ino(); use new macro UMASKED_SYMLINK instead of
- symlink().
-
- * copyout.c: fixes to properly handle multiple links in newc
- and crc format archives (new routines last_link(),
- count_defered_links_to_dev_ino(), add_link_defer(),
- writeout_other_defers(), writeout_final_defers(),
- writeout_defered_file()); support for new arf_hpbinary and
- arf_hpascii formats; support for HPUX CDF's.
-
- * copypass.c: move most multiple link code to new routines
- link_name() and link_to_maj_min_ino(); use new macro UMASKED_SYMLINK
- instead of symlink(); support for HPUX CDF's.
-
- * extern.h: added arf_hpascii and arf_hpbinary archive enum types;
- added debug_flag.
-
- * global.c: added debug_flag.
-
- * main.c: added debug_flag; support for hpodc and hpbin formats.
-
- * makepath.c: split from standard makpath.c to add support
- for HPUX CDF's.
-
- * mt.c: added !defined(__osf__) (from Andrew Marquis
- <amarquis@genome.wi.mit.edu>).
-
- * system.h: new macro UMASKED_SYMLINK
-
- * tar.c: minor changes to read (slightly broken?) System V.4 posix
- tar archives and HPUX posix tar archives.
-
- * util.c: HPUX CDF support (including new routines
- add_cdf_double_slashes() and islasparentcdf()); new routine
- umasked_symlink().
-
-Sun Mar 14 23:00:14 1993 Jim Meyering (meyering@comco.com)
-
- * copypass.c (process_copy_pass): Use <=, not just <, when comparing
- mtimes. From Pieter Bowman <bowman@math.utah.edu>.
-
-Fri Jan 15 14:35:37 1993 David J. MacKenzie (djm@kropotkin.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * copyin.c: Move include of fnmatch.h to get right FNM* macros.
-
-Tue Nov 24 08:45:32 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * Version 2.2.
-
- * copyout.c (process_copy_out): Add parens for gcc -Wall.
- From Jim Meyering.
-
- * system.h: Use HAVE_FCNTL_H, not USG.
-
- * dstring.c, mt.c, system.h: Use HAVE_STRING_H, not USG.
-
-Fri Nov 20 22:47:18 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * copyin.c (read_in_binary): Copy the dev and ino that are
- already in `file_hdr' into `short_hdr'.
- From dao@abars.att.com (David A Oshinsky).
-
- * system.h [!_POSIX_VERSION]: Declare lseek as off_t, not long.
- From Karl Berry.
-
-Wed Oct 14 13:53:41 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * Version 2.1.
-
-Tue Oct 13 22:51:34 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * main.c: Add --swap equivalent to -b.
-
- * mt.c: Add f_force_local variable and -V --version option.
-
-Fri Oct 2 18:42:27 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@kropotkin.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * main.c (long_opts, usage): Add --force-local option.
-
-Thu Oct 1 23:23:43 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * main.c (process_args) [__MSDOS__]: Don't call geteuid.
-
- * copyin.c (read_in_{old,new}_ascii): Use `l' for sscanf into longs.
- * copyout.c (write_out_header): Ditto for sprintf.
- * global.c, extern.h: Make input_size and output_size long.
-
-Thu Sep 10 23:39:30 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@nutrimat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * global.c, extern.h: Add new var f_force_local to work with
- rmt.h change from tar.
-
-Sun Aug 23 00:18:20 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * Version 2.0.
-
- * tar.c (otoa): Compute value in an unsigned long, not an int.
- * copyout.c (write_out_header) [__MSDOS__]: Don't use dev_t.
-
- * main.c (process_args): By default, don't chown for non-root users.
-
-Sat Aug 22 14:17:54 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@nutrimat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * global.c, extern.h: Use uid_t and gid_t.
-
- * main.c (main) [__EMX__]: Expand wildcards.
- * system.h [__EMX__]: Alias some error names. From Kai Uwe Rommel.
-
- * extern.h [__STDC__]: Use prototypes.
-
- * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copyout.c (process_copy_out),
- copypass.c (process_copy_pass): Open all files with O_BINARY.
- Add cast to chmod call.
- * util.c: Add cast to bcopy calls. Make hash_insert static.
- From Kai Uwe Rommel.
-
-Thu Aug 20 22:03:49 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@nutrimat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * util.c (peek_in_buf): Don't print "end of file" before
- getting the next reel of medium.
-
- * copyin.c (read_in_old_ascii): Allocate space for NUL terminator.
- Print newline for dot line when done, even if appending.
-
-Thu Jul 23 16:34:53 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@nutrimat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * tar.c (write_out_tar_header, read_in_tar_header)
- [__MSDOS__]: Don't try to get user and group names.
- * extern.h: Don't declare the functions to do it (need uid_t).
-
- * main.c [__MSDOS__]: Ignore the -R option.
-
- * system.h: Define makedev if defining major and minor.
-
- * copyin.c, copyout.c [__MSDOS__]: setmode on archive_des, not
- 0 and 1.
-
-Sat Jul 18 14:30:55 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@nutrimat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * tar.c, stripslash.c, userspec.c, cpiohdr.h, tar.h, tarhdr.h,
- system.h: New files.
- * Move portability stuff from various files to system.h.
- * cpio.h: Rename header structure and members, and add
- new structure for SVR4 format.
- * copyin.c, copyout.c: Use the new structure internally, the
- old one only for I/O in the old formats.
- * copyin.c (read_in_header): Recognize the new archive formats.
- (read_in_new_ascii, read_pattern_file, skip_padding): New functions.
- (swab_array): Do the swapping using char pointers instead of
- bitwise arithmetic.
- (process_copy_in): Handle byte and halfword swapping and new formats.
- Ok if a directory we want to make already exists, but set its perms.
- Do chmod after chown to fix any set[ug]id bits.
- Use `struct utimbuf' instead of a long array.
- * copyout.c (write_out_header): Handle new formats.
- (process_copy_out): Use `struct utimbuf'.
- Handle appending and new formats.
- Remove any leading `./' from filenames.
- (read_for_checksum, clear_rest_of_block, pad_output): New functions.
- * copypass.c (process_copy_pass): Use `struct utimbuf'.
- Ok if a directory we want to make already exists, but set its perms.
- Do chmod after chown to fix any set[ug]id bits.
- Don't change perms of `.'.
- * extern.h, global.c: Replace the separate format flags with
- one variable. Add new variables for the new options.
- * main.c: Add new options -A --append, -H --format, -C --io-size,
- -M --message, --no-preserve-owner, -R --owner, -E --pattern-file,
- -V --dot, -s --swap-bytes, -S --swap-halfwords, -b, -I, -k, -O.
- (usage): Document them.
- (process_args): Recognize them. Use open_archive.
- (initialize_buffers): Allow room for tar archives and double buffers.
- * util.c (empty_output_buffer_swap): New function.
- (empty_output_buffer): Call it if swapping current file.
- Check additional end of media indicators.
- (swahw_array, peek_in_buf, prepare_append, open_archive,
- set_new_media_message): New functions.
- (fill_input_buffer): Don't print error message if end of media.
- (toss_input): Don't seek, always read.
- (copy_files): Update crc if needed.
- (find_inode_file, add_inode): Check major and minor numbers as
- well as dev.
- (get_next_reel): Prompt user if archive name is unknown.
- Print fancy messages.
- Close the archive and reopen it.
-
- Above primarily from John Oleynick <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>.
-
- * util.c (find_inode_file): Use modulus when computing initial
- loop index.
- (add_inode): Zero out new entry.
- From scott@sctc.com (Scott Hammond).
-
- * cpio.h, copyin.c, copyout.c: Rename `struct cpio_header'
- members from h_foo to c_foo.
-
-Wed May 20 00:09:26 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * copyin.c: If we include a header file specifically to get
- major et al., assume we have them.
-
-Mon Mar 9 19:29:20 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@nutrimat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * mt.c (main): rmtclose the tape file descriptor.
-
- * main.c (main): rmtclose the archive, if not in copy-pass mode.
-
- * util.c (create_all_directories): Don't print a message when
- creating a directory, for UNIX compat.
-
- * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copypass.c (process_copy_pass):
- Skip file if it has the same timestamp as existing file, not just
- if it is older than existing file, for UNIX compat.
-
-Tue Mar 3 12:06:58 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * main.c, mt.c (usage): Document long options as starting with
- -- instead of +.
-
- * extern.h: Only declare lseek if not _POSIX_VERSION.
-
-Tue Dec 24 00:19:45 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * copyin.c: Use MAJOR_IN_MKDEV and MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS instead
- of USG and _POSIX_VERSION to find major and minor macros.
-
- * mt.c: Use unistd.h and stdlib.h if available.
-
- * copyin.c, copyout.c, copypass.c, util.c, extern.h: Change
- POSIX ifdefs to HAVE_UNISTD_H and _POSIX_VERSION.
-
-Sun Aug 25 06:31:08 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies)
-
- * Version 1.5.
-
- * bcopy.c: New file (moved from util.c).
-
- * mt.c (print_status): Not all hpux machines have mt_fileno
- and mt_blkno; rather than trying to track HP's product line,
- just assume none of them have them.
-
- * util.c (copy_buf_out, copy_in_buf): Use more efficient
- copying technique for a big speedup.
-
-Fri Aug 2 04:06:45 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies)
-
- * configure: Support +srcdir. Create config.status.
- Remove it and Makefile if interrupted while creating them.
-
-Thu Jul 18 09:43:40 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * Many files: use __MSDOS__ instead of MSDOS.
-
- * util.c, configure: Use NO_MTIO instead of HAVE_MTIO, to keep
- up with tar and rtapelib.c.
-
-Mon Jul 15 13:45:30 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * configure: Also look in sys/signal.h for signal decl.
-
-Thu Jul 11 01:50:32 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * Version 1.4.
-
- * configure: Remove /etc and /usr/etc from PATH to avoid
- finding /etc/install.
-
-Wed Jul 10 01:40:07 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * makefile.pc: Rewrite for Turbo C 2.0.
- * util.c [__TURBOC__] (utime): New function.
- * alloca.c, tcexparg.c: New files.
-
- * extern.h [STDC_HEADERS]: Don't declare malloc and realloc.
-
- * main.c [MSDOS]: Make binary mode the default.
- * copyin.c, copyout.c: Make stdin or stdout binary mode as
- appropriate (so cpio archives don't get corrupted).
-
- * Many files: Use <string.h> if STDC_HEADERS as well as if USG.
-
- * configure, Makefile.in: $(INSTALLPROG) -> $(INSTALL),
- $(INSTALLTEXT) -> $(INSTALLDATA).
-
-Mon Jul 8 23:18:28 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * configure: For some library functions that might be missing,
- conditionally add the .o files to Makefile instead of
- defining func_MISSING.
- * mkdir.c: Renamed from mkrmdir.c.
-
-Sat Jul 6 02:27:22 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * configure: echo messages to stdout, not stderr.
- Use a test program to see if alloca needs -lPW.
-
-Thu Jun 27 16:15:15 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copyout.c (process_copy_out),
- copypass.c (process_copy_pass): Check close return value for
- delayed error notification because of NFS.
-
-Thu Jun 20 02:43:33 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * configure: Include $DEFS when compiling test programs.
-
- * util.c: Only declare getpwuid and getgrgid if not POSIX.
-
- * Version 1.3.
-
- * copyin.c: Use time_t, not long, for time values.
-
- * mt.c (print_status): Special cases for HP-UX and Ultrix.
-
- * util.c: Compile bcopy if USG or STDC_HEADERS, not BCOPY_MISSING.
-
-Tue Jun 11 16:40:02 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * copyin.c: Don't include sys/sysmacros.h if _POSIX_SOURCE.
-
- * copyin.c, copyout.c, copypass.c: Don't include sys/file.h if POSIX.
-
- * util.c: Include sys/types.h before, not after, pwd.h and grp.h.
-
- * configure: New shell script to aid configuration and create
- Makefile from Makefile.in.
-
- * copyin.c (process_copy_in): Use POSIX.2 fnmatch instead of
- glob_match.
-
-Mon Jun 10 22:11:19 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * global.c, extern.h: New variable, name_end.
- * main.c (process_args, usage): Add -0 +null option to set it.
- * copypass.c (process_copy_pass), copyout.c (process_copy_out):
- Use it.
-
- * dstring.c (ds_fgetstr): New function made from ds_fgets.
- (ds_fgets, ds_fgetname): Implement as front ends to ds_fgetstr.
-
-Sun Jun 2 15:45:24 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wheat-chex)
-
- * most files: use GPL version 2.
-
-Sat May 18 11:39:22 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * copyin.c, copypass.c: Take out #ifdef MSDOS around chown.
- * util.c [MSDOS]: Provide dummy chown.
-
-Fri May 17 21:29:05 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * Version 1.2.
-
- * makefile.pc, cpio.cs: Update for new source and object files.
-
-Fri Mar 15 05:48:36 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * global.c, extern.h: New variable `archive_desc'.
- * main.c (process_args): Set it.
- * copyout.c (process_copy_out), copyin.c (process_copy_in):
- Use it.
-
- * copyout.c (process_copy_out), copyin.c (process_copy_in):
- Remote tapes are special and not seekable; don't fstat them.
-
- * main.c (main, usage): Add -F, +file option. Use rmtopen.
- (main): Exit after printing version number.
- * util.c (empty_output_buffer): Use rmtwrite instead of write.
- (fill_input_buffer): Use rmtread instead of read.
- (tape_offline): Use rmtioctl instead of ioctl.
- Test HAVE_MTIO instead of MTIO_MISSING, for tar compatibility.
-
-Thu Mar 14 17:49:57 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * util.c (create_all_directories): Use make_path to do the work.
-
-Sat Jan 12 15:32:15 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * copyin.c, copyout.c, copypass.c, util.c: Only declare
- `errno' if not MSDOS. Some Unix errno.h do, some don't . . . .
-
- * global.c, extern.h: Make `input_size' and `output_size'
- unsigned, for 16 bit machines.
-
- * copyin.c (print_name_with_quoting): All non-ctrl chars are
- printable on MS-DOS.
-
- * util.c (empty_output_buffer): Never make sparse files;
- can create unrunnable executables.
- * copyin.c, copyout.c, copypass.c: Callers changed.
- * util.c (finish_output_file): Function removed.
-
-Tue Nov 6 15:47:16 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies)
-
- * copyin.c, util.c, extern.h: Rename copystring to xstrdup.
-
-Mon Oct 29 02:24:41 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies)
-
- * util.c (empty_output_buffer): Only make sparse files if
- NO_SPARSE_FILES is undefined, to accomodate dumb kernels.
-
-Wed Jul 25 18:48:35 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at albert.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * util.c (getuser, getgroup): Make uid and gid unsigned short,
- not int.
-
-Sat Jul 21 00:44:44 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies)
-
- * copyin.c, copyout.c, copypass.c, util.c, cpio.h: Add ifdefs
- for MSDOS.
-
-Sun Jul 15 23:51:48 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at albert.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * copyin.c, copyout.c, copypass.c, global.c, extern.h, util.c:
- Use longs where appropriate, for 16 bit machines.
-
-Sun Jul 8 22:58:06 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies)
-
- * main.c (process_args, usage): Change -b option to -O (old), to
- allow adding byte swapping later.
-
-Sat Jul 7 14:48:35 1990 David J. MacKenzie (dave at edfmd)
-
- * Version 1.1.
-
- * cpio.h: Make `mtime' and `filesize' unsigned long.
- * copyin.c (read_in_binary), copyout.c (write_out_header):
- High short-word of `mtime' and `filesize' always comes first.
-
- * (read_in_ascii, read_in_binary): New functions, from code in
- read_in_header.
- (read_in_header): Search for valid magic number, then fill in
- rest of header using read_in_ascii and read_in_binary.
- * global.c, extern.h: New variable, `binary_flag'.
- * main.c (process_args): Recognize new -b +binary option.
- * util.c [BCOPY_MISSING] (bcopy): New function.
-
-Wed Jul 4 00:40:58 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies)
-
- * main.c (process_args): Add local pointers to functions to
- work around a pcc bug found on a Convex.
-
- * copyin.c (process_copy_in), util.c (toss_input,
- create_all_directories, add_inode): Don't use `index' as a
- variable name.
-
-Tue Jul 3 02:33:36 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies)
-
- * version 1.0.
-
-Mon Jul 2 23:18:56 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at twiddle)
-
- * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copyout.c (process_copy_out),
- copypass.c (process_copy_pass): Print "1 block", not "1 blocks".
-
- * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copypass.c (process_copy_pass):
- Unlink existing dest. file unless either it is newer and
- not unconditional, or it is a directory.
-
-Mon Jul 2 03:57:41 1990 David J. MacKenzie (dave at edfmd)
-
- * util.c (xrealloc): New function.
- * dstring.c (ds_resize): Use xrealloc instead of free and
- xmalloc. Never shrink the string.
-
- * copypass.c (process_copy_pass): More efficient
- string handling while constructing output filename.
-
- * global.c, extern.h, main.c, cpio.h: Change from an enum,
- `copy_command', to a pointer to a void function, `copy_function'.
-
- * cpio.h (struct cpio_header): Make most fields unsigned.
- Rename h_filesize to h_filesizes and h_mtime to h_mtimes, and
- add new `long' fields with the old names at the end of the
- structure.
- * copyin.c (read_in_header): Set the long fields from the
- short arrays, making sure longs are aligned properly.
- (process_copy_in, long_format): Use the long fields.
- * copyout.c (write_out_header): Set the short arrays from the
- long fields, making sure longs are aligned properly.
- (process_copy_out): Use the long fields.
-
- * global.c, extern.h: New variable `output_is_seekable'.
- * util.c (empty_output_buffer): If output_is_seekable, use
- lseek to write blocks of zeros.
- (finish_output_file): New function.
- * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copyout.c (process_copy_out),
- copypass.c (process_copy_pass): Set `output_is_seekable'
- correctly and call finish_output_file.
- * main.c (initialize_buffers): Allocate space for sentinel in
- `output_buffer'.
-
- * global.c, extern.h: New variable `numeric_uid'.
- * main.c (process_args): Accept -n +numeric-uid-gid option, like ls.
- * copyin.c (long_format): Use numeric_uid.
-
- * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copyout.c (process_copy_out),
- copypass.c (process_copy_pass): Don't (for verbose) print the
- names of files that are not copied because of errors. Try to
- create missing directories for all file types. Free temporary
- buffers on error.
-
-Sat Jun 30 14:28:45 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies)
-
- * version.c: New file.
- * main.c: Add -V, +version option.
- * Makefile [dist]: Extract version number from version.c.
-
-Sat Jun 30 12:44:47 1990 David J. MacKenzie (dave at edfmd)
-
- * global.c, extern.h, copyin.c, copyout.c, util.c: Rename
- `{input,output}_is_regular' to `{input,output}_is_special' and
- reverse the truth value.
-
- * global.c, extern.h: New variable `input_is_seekable' to
- control whether to skip data with lseek or read.
- * copyin.c (process_copy_in): Set it.
- * util.c (toss_input): Use it.
-
- * global.c, extern.h: New variable `xstat' that selects stat
- or lstat for input files.
- * main.c (process_args): New option -L, +dereference to set
- xstat to stat instead of lstat.
- (usage): Document it.
- * copyout.c (process_copy_out), copypass.c
- (process_copy_pass): Use *xstat on input file.
-
-Sat Jun 30 01:53:12 1990 David J. MacKenzie (dave at edfmd)
-
- * dstring.c (ds_init): Return void because return value was
- never used.
- (ds_resize): Ditto, and free old value instead of new one.
-
- * util.c (empty_output_buffer, fill_input_buffer,
- copy_out_buf, copy_in_buf, toss_input, copy_files): Return
- void instead of an error value and make errors fatal
- immediately instead of several levels up, to prevent printing
- of multiple error messages by different levels of functions.
-
- * copyin.c (read_in_header): Return void, because the error
- handling all happens at lower levels.
- (print_name_with_quoting): New function.
- (long_format): Call print_name_with_quoting. Take additional
- arg for name of linked-to file, and print it if nonzero.
- (process_copy_in): For verbose listing of symlinks, read in
- the linkname and pass it to long_format.
-
- * extern.h: Declare some more functions.
-
-Thu Jun 28 16:07:15 1990 David J. MacKenzie (dave at edfmd)
-
- * copypass.c (process_copy_pass): Warn about unknown file types.
-
- * copyout.c (process_copy_out): Check fstat return for error.
- Record filesize of 0 for special files. Warn about unknown
- file types.
-
- * copyin.c (process_copy_in): Warn about unknown file types.
- (read_in_header): Warn about byte-reversed binary headers.
-
-Sat Jun 23 22:50:45 1990 David J. MacKenzie (dave at edfmd)
-
- * main.c (main): Set umask to 0 so permissions of created
- files are preserved.
-
- * copyin.c, copyout.c, copypass.c, util.c: Pass file
- descriptors as ints, not pointers to ints.
- Cast file timestamps and sizes to long *, not int *, for 16
- bit machines.
- Use lstat instead of stat, if available.
- Handle FIFO's, sockets, and symlinks, if supported by O.S.
-
- * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copyout.c (process_copy_out):
- Don't consider FIFO'S, sockets, etc. to be possible tape drives.
-
- * util.c (create_all_directories): Fix incorrect loop
- termination check. Only copy string if it contains slashes.
- Don't check whether directory "" exists.
- (tape_offline): Code moved from get_next_reel.
- (get_next_reel): Print message before taking tape offline.
- Read a line of arbitrary length.
-
- * copyout.c, copyin.c, copypass.c: Always use utime, not utimes.
-
- * copyin.c (swab_short): New macro.
- (swab_array): New function.
- (read_in_header): In binary mode, if a byte-swapped header is
- read, swap the bytes back.
- (process_copy_in, process_copy_pass): Don't stat each file to
- create unless !unconditional_flag. Create device files correctly.
- Don't temporarily allow files being created to be read by
- other users. Don't unnecessarily chmod special files.
-
-Thu May 31 20:51:43 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at albert.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * copyin.c (long_format): Use mode_string to format
- file protections instead of doing it ourselves.
- (protections): Function removed.
-
-Sat Apr 14 02:31:01 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at albert.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * cpio.h (struct cpio_header): Make inode, mode, uid, gid
- fields unsigned.
-
- * util.c (getgroup): New function.
- * copyin.c (long_format): Print group name of files.
- Print file size, etc. as unsigned integers, not signed.
-
- * main.c (process_args): If -t is given and neither -i, -o, or
- -p is given, assume -i.
-
- * Add -f, +nonmatching option.
- * main.c: Rename +out to +create, +in to +extract,
- +modification-time to +preserve-modification-time,
- +pass to +pass-through.
-
- * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copypass.c (process_copy_pass):
- Don't complain in chown fails because the user doesn't have
- permission.
-
-Fri Apr 13 13:53:20 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at albert.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * Add ifdefs for USG/Xenix.
- * util.c (cpio_error): Function removed.
- * Use error instead of cpio_error, so system error messages
- will be included.
- * cpio.h: Rename 'hdr_struct' to 'struct cpio_header'.
- * Move definition of xmalloc from dstring.c to util.c.
- * global.c, extern.c: Add global `program_name'.
- * main.c (main): Set program_name.
- (process_args): Rename +reset-atime to +reset-access-time,
- +table to +list.
- Have +block-size take an argument.
-
-Thu Apr 12 13:33:32 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at rice-chex)
-
- * util.c (find_inode_file): Make inode an int, not a short.
-
- * Make functions that don't return a value have type void.
- Add some casts to function calls.
-
-Wed Apr 11 14:55:28 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at albert.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * main.c (process_args): -i, -o, and -p don't take arguments.
-
- * main.c (process_args): Get the non-option args from the
- correct elements of argv.
-
-Tue Apr 10 00:20:26 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at albert.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * Indent source code and update copyrights.
-
- * cpio.c (usage): Change `collection' to `archive' in message.
-
-Thu Dec 28 03:03:55 1989 David J. MacKenzie (djm at hobbes.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * dstring.c (xmalloc): Don't return a null pointer if size is 0,
- on the assumption that trying to allocate 0 bytes is a bug that
- should be trapped.
-
-Wed Dec 20 03:24:48 1989 David J. MacKenzie (djm at hobbes.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * All files: Change from GNU CPIO General Public License to
- GNU General Public License.
-
-Mon Dec 18 13:18:36 1989 David J. MacKenzie (djm at hobbes.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * Makefile: Add clean target and defines for CC and LDFLAGS.
- Add dist target and SRCS, DISTFILES macros. Add tags and TAGS targets.
- * dstring.c (ds_fgets): Read characters into an int, not char.
- (xmalloc): New function.
- (out_of_memory): Function removed.
- Global: use xmalloc instead of malloc and out_of_memory.
- * extern.h, global.c: Make flag variables ints instead of chars for
- compatibility with getopt_long.
- * extern.h: Declare more functions.
- * main.c (usage): Put the whole usage message into a single string
- and fix errors.
- * util.c (create_all_directories): Remove unused variable.
- (get_next_reel): Ditto.
- * dstring.h: Declare function.
-
-Sat Dec 2 13:22:37 1989 David J. MacKenzie (djm at hobbes.ai.mit.edu)
-
- * main.c: Change +copy-pass option to +pass, +copy-in to +in,
- +copy-out to +out, and +mkdir to +make-directories, and add null
- option to terminate table.
- (process_args): Use the same code to handle long and short named
- options.
- (usage): Mention long options in message.
-\f
-Local Variables:
-mode: indented-text
-left-margin: 8
-version-control: never
-End:
+++ /dev/null
-$FreeBSD: src/contrib/cpio/FREEBSD-upgrade,v 1.3 1999/09/08 11:16:36 obrien Exp $
-$DragonFly: src/contrib/cpio/FREEBSD-upgrade,v 1.2 2003/06/17 04:23:58 dillon Exp $
-
-GNU cpio 2.4.2
- originals can be found at: ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu
-
- removed files:
- INSTALL cpio.info mkdir.c
- Makefile.in mkinstalldirs
- argmatch.c fnmatch.c mt.1
- bcopy.c fnmatch.h mt.c
- configure install-sh rmt.c
- configure.in makefile.os2 strdup.c
- cpio.def makefile.pc tcexparg.c
- texinfo.tex
-
-
- obrien@FreeBSD.org
+++ /dev/null
-\f
-Major changes in version 2.4:
-
-* new texinfo documentation
-* --sparse option to write sparse files
-* --only-verify-crc option to verify a CRC format archive
-* --no-absolute-paths option to ignore absolute paths
-* --quiet option to supress printing number of blocks copied
-* handle disk input errors more gracefully
-\f
-Major changes in version 2.3:
-
-* in newc and crc format archives, only store 1 copy of multiply linked files
-* handle multiply linked devices properly
-* handle multiply linked files with cpio -pl even when the source and
- destination are on different file systems
-* support HPUX Context Dependent Files
-* read and write HPUX cpio archives
-* read System V.4 POSIX tar archives and HPUX POSIX tar archives
-* use rmdir, instead of unlink, to delete existing directories
-\f
-Major changes in version 2.2:
-
-* handle link counts correctly when reading binary cpio archives
-* configure checks for some libraries that SVR4 needs
-\f
-Major changes in version 2.1:
-
-* cpio can access remote non-device files as well as remote devices
-* fix bugs in the MS-DOS port
-* add --swap equivalent to -b option
-\f
-Version 2.0 adds the following features:
-
-Support for the SVR4 cpio formats, which can store inodes >65535, and
-for traditional and POSIX tar archives. Also adds these options:
-
--A --append append to instead of replacing the archive
--V --dot print a dot for each file processed
--H --format select archive format
--C --io-size select I/O block size in bytes
--M --message print a message at end of media volumes
---no-preserve-owner don't change files' owners when extracting
--R --owner set files' owners when extracting
--E --pattern-file list of shell filename patterns to process
--s --swap-bytes handle byte-order differences when extracting files
--S --swap-halfwords ditto
--b like -sS
--I input archive filename
--k recognize corrupted archives (we alawys do it, though)
--O output archive filename
-
-Some options of previous versions have been renamed in 2.0:
-
---binary was replaced by --format=bin
---portability was replaced by --format=odc
-
-Some options have changed meaning in 2.0, for SVR4 compatibility:
-
--O used to select the binary archive format, now selects the output file
--V used to print the version number, now prints a dot for each file
-
-Version 2.0 also fixes several bugs in the handling of files with
-multiple links and of multi-volume archives on floppy disks.
+++ /dev/null
-This is GNU cpio, a program to manage archives of files.
-As of version 2.0, it supports the features of the System V release 4
-cpio, including support for tar archives.
-
-This package also includes rmt, the remote tape server, and mt, a tape
-drive control program; these two programs will only be compiled if
-your system supports remote command execution, and tape drive control
-operations, respectively.
-
-See the file INSTALL for compilation and installation instructions for Unix.
-
-For non-Unix systems:
-
-makefile.pc is a makefile for Turbo C or C++ or Borland C++ on MS-DOS.
-
-makefile.os2 is a makefile for MS C and GNU C (emx/gcc) on OS/2.
-cpio.def is a linker definition file for the MS C OS/2 version.
-
-
-The main advantages of GNU cpio over Unix versions are:
-
-* It can access tape drives on other hosts using TCP/IP.
-
-* `-o' and `-p' can copy symbolic links either as symbolic links or,
-with `-L', as the files they point to.
-
-* `-i' automatically recognizes the archive format and tries to
-recover from corrupted archives.
-
-* The output of '-itv' looks like 'ls -l'.
-
-* It accepts long-named options as well as traditional
-single-character options.
-
-A few features of other versions of cpio are missing from GNU cpio, including:
-
-* The `-6' option to support Sixth Edition Unix cpio archives with `-i'.
-
-* An option to limit volume size, like afio -s.
-
-
-GNU cpio supports the POSIX.1 "ustar" tar format. GNU tar supports a
-somewhat different, early draft of that format. That draft format has
-a slightly different magic number in the tar header and doesn't
-include the path prefix part of the header, which allows storing file
-names that are longer than 100 characters. GNU cpio knows to
-recognize the nonstandard GNU tar "ustar" archives.
-
-The following patch to GNU tar 1.11.1 makes GNU tar recognize standard
-"ustar" archives, such as GNU cpio produces, except that it won't use
-the path prefix. Without this patch, GNU tar thinks that standard
-"ustar" archives are old-format tar archives and can not use the extra
-information that "ustar" format contains. If you use this patch,
-remember that you will lose the beginnings of paths that are longer
-than 100 characters. That's why it's not an official part of GNU tar.
-(Adding support for the path prefix to GNU tar is not trivial.)
-
---- list.c.orig Mon Sep 14 17:04:03 1992
-+++ list.c Wed Oct 14 14:02:28 1992
-@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@
- st->st_ctime = from_oct(1+12, header->header.ctime);
- }
-
-- if (0==strcmp(header->header.magic, TMAGIC)) {
-+ if (0==strncmp(header->header.magic, TMAGIC, 5)) {
- /* Unix Standard tar archive */
- *stdp = 1;
- if (wantug) {
-
-Mail suggestions and bug reports for GNU cpio to
-bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+++ /dev/null
-/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
- (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
-
- This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
- which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
- that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
- was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
- J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
-
- There are some preprocessor constants that can
- be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
- improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
-
- The general concept of this implementation is to keep
- track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
- that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
- invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
- soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
-
- As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
- allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
- your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef emacs
-#include "blockinput.h"
-#endif
-
-/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */
-#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
-
-/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
- there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */
-#ifndef alloca
-
-#ifdef emacs
-#ifdef static
-/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
- -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
- in order to make unexec workable
- */
-#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
-you
-lose
--- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
-#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
-#endif /* static */
-#endif /* emacs */
-
-/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
- provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */
-
-#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
-long i00afunc ();
-#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
-#else
-#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
-#endif
-
-#if __STDC__
-typedef void *pointer;
-#else
-typedef char *pointer;
-#endif
-
-#define NULL 0
-
-/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
- malloc. The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
- ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals. On the other
- hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
- them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
-
- Non-Emacs programs expect this to call use xmalloc.
-
- Callers below should use malloc. */
-
-#ifndef emacs
-#define malloc xmalloc
-#endif
-extern pointer malloc ();
-
-/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
- growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
- deduced at run-time.
-
- STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
- STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
- STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
-
-#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
-#define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
-#endif
-
-#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
-
-#define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
-
-#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
-
-static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
-#define STACK_DIR stack_dir
-
-static void
-find_stack_direction ()
-{
- static char *addr = NULL; /* Address of first `dummy', once known. */
- auto char dummy; /* To get stack address. */
-
- if (addr == NULL)
- { /* Initial entry. */
- addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
-
- find_stack_direction (); /* Recurse once. */
- }
- else
- {
- /* Second entry. */
- if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
- stack_dir = 1; /* Stack grew upward. */
- else
- stack_dir = -1; /* Stack grew downward. */
- }
-}
-
-#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
-
-/* An "alloca header" is used to:
- (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
- (b) keep track of stack depth.
-
- It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
- alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
-
-#ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
-#define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
-#endif
-
-typedef union hdr
-{
- char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */
- struct
- {
- union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */
- char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */
- } h;
-} header;
-
-static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
-
-/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
- which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
- the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space
- was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
- caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
- implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
-
-pointer
-alloca (size)
- unsigned size;
-{
- auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
- register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
-
-#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
- if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
- find_stack_direction ();
-#endif
-
- /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
- was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
-
- {
- register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
-
-#ifdef emacs
- BLOCK_INPUT;
-#endif
-
- for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
- if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
- || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
- {
- register header *np = hp->h.next;
-
- free ((pointer) hp); /* Collect garbage. */
-
- hp = np; /* -> next header. */
- }
- else
- break; /* Rest are not deeper. */
-
- last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
-
-#ifdef emacs
- UNBLOCK_INPUT;
-#endif
- }
-
- if (size == 0)
- return NULL; /* No allocation required. */
-
- /* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
-
- {
- register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
- /* Address of header. */
-
- if (new == 0)
- abort();
-
- ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
- ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
-
- last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
-
- /* User storage begins just after header. */
-
- return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
- }
-}
-
-#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
-#include <stdio.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef CRAY_STACK
-#define CRAY_STACK
-#ifndef CRAY2
-/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
-struct stack_control_header
- {
- long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */
- long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */
- long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */
- long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */
- };
-
-/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
- the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack
- grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial
- part of the stack segment linkage control information is
- 0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage
- for the routine which overflows the stack. */
-
-struct stack_segment_linkage
- {
- long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */
- long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */
- long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */
- long:32;
- long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous
- segment of stack. */
- long:32;
- long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */
- long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for
- microtasking. */
- long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */
- long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */
- long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */
- long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */
- long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */
- long ssa0;
- long ssa1;
- long ssa2;
- long ssa3;
- long ssa4;
- long ssa5;
- long ssa6;
- long ssa7;
- long sss0;
- long sss1;
- long sss2;
- long sss3;
- long sss4;
- long sss5;
- long sss6;
- long sss7;
- };
-
-#else /* CRAY2 */
-/* The following structure defines the vector of words
- returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */
-struct stk_stat
- {
- long now; /* Current total stack size. */
- long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would
- be required to satisfy the maximum
- stack demand to date. */
- long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */
- long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */
- long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */
- long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */
- long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */
- long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */
- long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */
- long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */
- long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */
- long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */
- long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */
- long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */
- long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This
- number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
- include the fifteen word trailer area. */
- long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */
- long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */
- };
-
-/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
- any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is
- out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */
-
-struct stk_trailer
- {
- long this_address; /* Address of this block. */
- long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include
- this trailer). */
- long unknown2;
- long unknown3;
- long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous
- segment. */
- long unknown5;
- long unknown6;
- long unknown7;
- long unknown8;
- long unknown9;
- long unknown10;
- long unknown11;
- long unknown12;
- long unknown13;
- long unknown14;
- };
-
-#endif /* CRAY2 */
-#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
-
-#ifdef CRAY2
-/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
- I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
-
-static long
-i00afunc (long *address)
-{
- struct stk_stat status;
- struct stk_trailer *trailer;
- long *block, size;
- long result = 0;
-
- /* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first
- step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this
- more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
- $LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */
-
- STKSTAT (&status);
-
- /* Set up the iteration. */
-
- trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
- + status.current_size
- - 15);
-
- /* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is
- a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */
-
- if (trailer == 0)
- abort ();
-
- /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */
-
- while (trailer != 0)
- {
- block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
- size = trailer->this_size;
- if (block == 0 || size == 0)
- abort ();
- trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
- if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
- break;
- }
-
- /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
- of all predecessor segments. */
-
- result = address - block;
-
- if (trailer == 0)
- {
- return result;
- }
-
- do
- {
- if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
- abort ();
- result += trailer->this_size;
- trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
- }
- while (trailer != 0);
-
- /* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one
- not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
- from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably
- not what you want. */
-
- return (result);
-}
-
-#else /* not CRAY2 */
-/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
- Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
- given the address of the cell. The purpose of this
- routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
- for alloca. */
-
-static long
-i00afunc (long address)
-{
- long stkl = 0;
-
- long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
- long result = 0;
-
- struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
-
- /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
- current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store
- your registers on the stack and find that you are past
- the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
-
- B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
- area, which is what we are really interested in. */
-
- stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
- ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
-
- /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
- one has the address of the first word of the segment.
-
- If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
- nonzero. */
-
- pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
- size = ssptr->sssize;
-
- this_segment = stkl - size;
-
- /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
- a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not
- contain the target address. */
-
- while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
- {
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
- fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
-#endif
- if (pseg == 0)
- break;
- stkl = stkl - pseg;
- ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
- size = ssptr->sssize;
- pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
- this_segment = stkl - size;
- }
-
- result = address - this_segment;
-
- /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
- you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
- This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
- a cycle somewhere. */
-
- while (pseg != 0)
- {
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
- fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
-#endif
- stkl = stkl - pseg;
- ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
- size = ssptr->sssize;
- pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
- result += size;
- }
- return (result);
-}
-
-#endif /* not CRAY2 */
-#endif /* CRAY */
-
-#endif /* no alloca */
-#endif /* not GCC version 2 */
+++ /dev/null
-/* copyin.c - extract or list a cpio archive
- Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-
-$FreeBSD: src/contrib/cpio/copyin.c,v 1.6.6.1 2002/03/12 19:10:14 phantom Exp $
-$DragonFly: src/contrib/cpio/copyin.c,v 1.2 2003/06/17 04:23:58 dillon Exp $
-*/
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#endif
-#if (defined(BSD) && (BSD >= 199306))
-#define HAVE_STRFTIME
-#include <ctype.h>
-#endif
-#include "filetypes.h"
-#include "system.h"
-#include "cpiohdr.h"
-#include "dstring.h"
-#include "extern.h"
-#include "defer.h"
-#include "rmt.h"
-#ifndef FNM_PATHNAME
-#include <fnmatch.h>
-#endif
-#if defined(HAVE_STRFTIME) && defined(__FreeBSD__)
-#include <langinfo.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_LCHOWN
-#define lchown chown
-#endif
-
-static void read_pattern_file ();
-static void tape_skip_padding ();
-static void defer_copyin ();
-static void create_defered_links ();
-static void create_final_defers ();
-
-/* Return 16-bit integer I with the bytes swapped. */
-#define swab_short(i) ((((i) << 8) & 0xff00) | (((i) >> 8) & 0x00ff))
-
-/* Read the header, including the name of the file, from file
- descriptor IN_DES into FILE_HDR. */
-
-void
-read_in_header (file_hdr, in_des)
- struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
- int in_des;
-{
- long bytes_skipped = 0; /* Bytes of junk found before magic number. */
-
- /* Search for a valid magic number. */
-
- if (archive_format == arf_unknown)
- {
- char tmpbuf[512];
- int check_tar;
- int peeked_bytes;
-
- while (archive_format == arf_unknown)
- {
- peeked_bytes = tape_buffered_peek (tmpbuf, in_des, 512);
- if (peeked_bytes < 6)
- error (1, 0, "premature end of archive");
-
- if (!strncmp (tmpbuf, "070701", 6))
- archive_format = arf_newascii;
- else if (!strncmp (tmpbuf, "070707", 6))
- archive_format = arf_oldascii;
- else if (!strncmp (tmpbuf, "070702", 6))
- {
- archive_format = arf_crcascii;
- crc_i_flag = TRUE;
- }
- else if ((*((unsigned short *) tmpbuf) == 070707) ||
- (*((unsigned short *) tmpbuf) == swab_short ((unsigned short) 070707)))
- archive_format = arf_binary;
- else if (peeked_bytes >= 512
- && (check_tar = is_tar_header (tmpbuf)))
- {
- if (check_tar == 2)
- archive_format = arf_ustar;
- else
- archive_format = arf_tar;
- }
- else
- {
- tape_buffered_read ((char *) tmpbuf, in_des, 1L);
- ++bytes_skipped;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
- {
- if (append_flag)
- last_header_start = input_bytes - io_block_size +
- (in_buff - input_buffer);
- if (bytes_skipped > 0)
- error (0, 0, "warning: skipped %ld bytes of junk", bytes_skipped);
- read_in_tar_header (file_hdr, in_des);
- return;
- }
-
- file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = NULL;
-
- tape_buffered_read ((char *) file_hdr, in_des, 6L);
- while (1)
- {
- if (append_flag)
- last_header_start = input_bytes - io_block_size
- + (in_buff - input_buffer) - 6;
- if (archive_format == arf_newascii
- && !strncmp ((char *) file_hdr, "070701", 6))
- {
- if (bytes_skipped > 0)
- error (0, 0, "warning: skipped %ld bytes of junk", bytes_skipped);
- read_in_new_ascii (file_hdr, in_des);
- break;
- }
- if (archive_format == arf_crcascii
- && !strncmp ((char *) file_hdr, "070702", 6))
- {
- if (bytes_skipped > 0)
- error (0, 0, "warning: skipped %ld bytes of junk", bytes_skipped);
- read_in_new_ascii (file_hdr, in_des);
- break;
- }
- if ( (archive_format == arf_oldascii || archive_format == arf_hpoldascii)
- && !strncmp ((char *) file_hdr, "070707", 6))
- {
- if (bytes_skipped > 0)
- error (0, 0, "warning: skipped %ld bytes of junk", bytes_skipped);
- read_in_old_ascii (file_hdr, in_des);
- break;
- }
- if ( (archive_format == arf_binary || archive_format == arf_hpbinary)
- && (file_hdr->c_magic == 070707
- || file_hdr->c_magic == swab_short ((unsigned short) 070707)))
- {
- /* Having to skip 1 byte because of word alignment is normal. */
- if (bytes_skipped > 0)
- error (0, 0, "warning: skipped %ld bytes of junk", bytes_skipped);
- read_in_binary (file_hdr, in_des);
- break;
- }
- bytes_skipped++;
- bcopy ((char *) file_hdr + 1, (char *) file_hdr, 5);
- tape_buffered_read ((char *) file_hdr + 5, in_des, 1L);
- }
-}
-
-/* Fill in FILE_HDR by reading an old-format ASCII format cpio header from
- file descriptor IN_DES, except for the magic number, which is
- already filled in. */
-
-void
-read_in_old_ascii (file_hdr, in_des)
- struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
- int in_des;
-{
- char ascii_header[78];
- unsigned long dev;
- unsigned long rdev;
-
- tape_buffered_read (ascii_header, in_des, 70L);
- ascii_header[70] = '\0';
- sscanf (ascii_header,
- "%6lo%6lo%6lo%6lo%6lo%6lo%6lo%11lo%6lo%11lo",
- &dev, &file_hdr->c_ino,
- &file_hdr->c_mode, &file_hdr->c_uid, &file_hdr->c_gid,
- &file_hdr->c_nlink, &rdev, &file_hdr->c_mtime,
- &file_hdr->c_namesize, &file_hdr->c_filesize);
- file_hdr->c_dev_maj = major (dev);
- file_hdr->c_dev_min = minor (dev);
- file_hdr->c_rdev_maj = major (rdev);
- file_hdr->c_rdev_min = minor (rdev);
-
- /* Read file name from input. */
- if (file_hdr->c_name != NULL)
- free (file_hdr->c_name);
- file_hdr->c_name = (char *) xmalloc (file_hdr->c_namesize + 1);
- tape_buffered_read (file_hdr->c_name, in_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize);
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
- /* HP/UX cpio creates archives that look just like ordinary archives,
- but for devices it sets major = 0, minor = 1, and puts the
- actual major/minor number in the filesize field. See if this
- is an HP/UX cpio archive, and if so fix it. We have to do this
- here because process_copy_in() assumes filesize is always 0
- for devices. */
- switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT)
- {
- case CP_IFCHR:
- case CP_IFBLK:
-#ifdef CP_IFSOCK
- case CP_IFSOCK:
-#endif
-#ifdef CP_IFIFO
- case CP_IFIFO:
-#endif
- if (file_hdr->c_filesize != 0
- && file_hdr->c_rdev_maj == 0
- && file_hdr->c_rdev_min == 1)
- {
- file_hdr->c_rdev_maj = major (file_hdr->c_filesize);
- file_hdr->c_rdev_min = minor (file_hdr->c_filesize);
- file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
- }
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
-#endif /* __MSDOS__ */
-}
-
-/* Fill in FILE_HDR by reading a new-format ASCII format cpio header from
- file descriptor IN_DES, except for the magic number, which is
- already filled in. */
-
-void
-read_in_new_ascii (file_hdr, in_des)
- struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
- int in_des;
-{
- char ascii_header[112];
-
- tape_buffered_read (ascii_header, in_des, 104L);
- ascii_header[104] = '\0';
- sscanf (ascii_header,
- "%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx",
- &file_hdr->c_ino, &file_hdr->c_mode, &file_hdr->c_uid,
- &file_hdr->c_gid, &file_hdr->c_nlink, &file_hdr->c_mtime,
- &file_hdr->c_filesize, &file_hdr->c_dev_maj, &file_hdr->c_dev_min,
- &file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, &file_hdr->c_rdev_min, &file_hdr->c_namesize,
- &file_hdr->c_chksum);
- /* Read file name from input. */
- if (file_hdr->c_name != NULL)
- free (file_hdr->c_name);
- file_hdr->c_name = (char *) xmalloc (file_hdr->c_namesize);
- tape_buffered_read (file_hdr->c_name, in_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize);
-
- /* In SVR4 ASCII format, the amount of space allocated for the header
- is rounded up to the next long-word, so we might need to drop
- 1-3 bytes. */
- tape_skip_padding (in_des, file_hdr->c_namesize + 110);
-}
-
-/* Fill in FILE_HDR by reading a binary format cpio header from
- file descriptor IN_DES, except for the first 6 bytes (the magic
- number, device, and inode number), which are already filled in. */
-
-void
-read_in_binary (file_hdr, in_des)
- struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
- int in_des;
-{
- struct old_cpio_header short_hdr;
-
- /* Copy the data into the short header, then later transfer
- it into the argument long header. */
- short_hdr.c_dev = ((struct old_cpio_header *) file_hdr)->c_dev;
- short_hdr.c_ino = ((struct old_cpio_header *) file_hdr)->c_ino;
- tape_buffered_read (((char *) &short_hdr) + 6, in_des, 20L);
-
- /* If the magic number is byte swapped, fix the header. */
- if (file_hdr->c_magic == swab_short ((unsigned short) 070707))
- {
- static int warned = 0;
-
- /* Alert the user that they might have to do byte swapping on
- the file contents. */
- if (warned == 0)
- {
- error (0, 0, "warning: archive header has reverse byte-order");
- warned = 1;
- }
- swab_array ((char *) &short_hdr, 13);
- }
-
- file_hdr->c_dev_maj = major (short_hdr.c_dev);
- file_hdr->c_dev_min = minor (short_hdr.c_dev);
- file_hdr->c_ino = short_hdr.c_ino;
- file_hdr->c_mode = short_hdr.c_mode;
- file_hdr->c_uid = short_hdr.c_uid;
- file_hdr->c_gid = short_hdr.c_gid;
- file_hdr->c_nlink = short_hdr.c_nlink;
- file_hdr->c_rdev_maj = major (short_hdr.c_rdev);
- file_hdr->c_rdev_min = minor (short_hdr.c_rdev);
- file_hdr->c_mtime = (unsigned long) short_hdr.c_mtimes[0] << 16
- | short_hdr.c_mtimes[1];
-
- file_hdr->c_namesize = short_hdr.c_namesize;
- file_hdr->c_filesize = (unsigned long) short_hdr.c_filesizes[0] << 16
- | short_hdr.c_filesizes[1];
-
- /* Read file name from input. */
- if (file_hdr->c_name != NULL)
- free (file_hdr->c_name);
- file_hdr->c_name = (char *) xmalloc (file_hdr->c_namesize);
- tape_buffered_read (file_hdr->c_name, in_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize);
-
- /* In binary mode, the amount of space allocated in the header for
- the filename is `c_namesize' rounded up to the next short-word,
- so we might need to drop a byte. */
- if (file_hdr->c_namesize % 2)
- tape_toss_input (in_des, 1L);
-
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
- /* HP/UX cpio creates archives that look just like ordinary archives,
- but for devices it sets major = 0, minor = 1, and puts the
- actual major/minor number in the filesize field. See if this
- is an HP/UX cpio archive, and if so fix it. We have to do this
- here because process_copy_in() assumes filesize is always 0
- for devices. */
- switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT)
- {
- case CP_IFCHR:
- case CP_IFBLK:
-#ifdef CP_IFSOCK
- case CP_IFSOCK:
-#endif
-#ifdef CP_IFIFO
- case CP_IFIFO:
-#endif
- if (file_hdr->c_filesize != 0
- && file_hdr->c_rdev_maj == 0
- && file_hdr->c_rdev_min == 1)
- {
- file_hdr->c_rdev_maj = major (file_hdr->c_filesize);
- file_hdr->c_rdev_min = minor (file_hdr->c_filesize);
- file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
- }
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
-#endif /* __MSDOS__ */
-}
-
-/* Exchange the bytes of each element of the array of COUNT shorts
- starting at PTR. */
-
-void
-swab_array (ptr, count)
- char *ptr;
- int count;
-{
- char tmp;
-
- while (count-- > 0)
- {
- tmp = *ptr;
- *ptr = *(ptr + 1);
- ++ptr;
- *ptr = tmp;
- ++ptr;
- }
-}
-
-/* Current time for verbose table. */
-static time_t current_time;
-
-/* Read the collection from standard input and create files
- in the file system. */
-
-void
-process_copy_in ()
-{
- char done = FALSE; /* True if trailer reached. */
- int res; /* Result of various function calls. */
- dynamic_string new_name; /* New file name for rename option. */
- FILE *tty_in; /* Interactive file for rename option. */
- FILE *tty_out; /* Interactive file for rename option. */
- FILE *rename_in; /* Batch file for rename option. */
- char *str_res; /* Result for string function. */
- struct utimbuf times; /* For setting file times. */
- struct stat file_stat; /* Output file stat record. */
- struct new_cpio_header file_hdr; /* Output header information. */
- int out_file_des; /* Output file descriptor. */
- int in_file_des; /* Input file descriptor. */
- char skip_file; /* Flag for use with patterns. */
- int existing_dir; /* True if file is a dir & already exists. */
- int i; /* Loop index variable. */
- char *link_name = NULL; /* Name of hard and symbolic links. */
-#ifdef HPUX_CDF
- int cdf_flag; /* True if file is a CDF. */
- int cdf_char; /* Index of `+' char indicating a CDF. */
-#endif
-
- /* Initialize the copy in. */
- if (pattern_file_name)
- read_pattern_file ();
- file_hdr.c_name = NULL;
- ds_init (&new_name, 128);
- /* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set. */
- bzero (×, sizeof (struct utimbuf));
-
- if (rename_batch_file)
- {
- rename_in = fopen (rename_batch_file, "r");
- if (rename_in == NULL)
- error (2, errno, CONSOLE);
- }
- else if (rename_flag)
- {
- /* Open interactive file pair for rename operation. */
- tty_in = fopen (CONSOLE, "r");
- if (tty_in == NULL)
- error (2, errno, CONSOLE);
- tty_out = fopen (CONSOLE, "w");
- if (tty_out == NULL)
- error (2, errno, CONSOLE);
- }
-
- /* Get date and time if needed for processing the table option. */
- if (table_flag && verbose_flag)
- time (¤t_time);
-
-#ifdef __MSDOS__
- setmode (archive_des, O_BINARY);
-#endif
- /* Check whether the input file might be a tape. */
- in_file_des = archive_des;
- if (_isrmt (in_file_des))
- {
- input_is_special = 1;
- input_is_seekable = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- if (fstat (in_file_des, &file_stat))
- error (1, errno, "standard input is closed");
- input_is_special =
-#ifdef S_ISBLK
- S_ISBLK (file_stat.st_mode) ||
-#endif
- S_ISCHR (file_stat.st_mode);
- input_is_seekable = S_ISREG (file_stat.st_mode);
- }
- output_is_seekable = TRUE;
-
- /* While there is more input in the collection, process the input. */
- while (!done)
- {
- link_name = NULL;
- swapping_halfwords = swapping_bytes = FALSE;
-
- /* Start processing the next file by reading the header. */
- read_in_header (&file_hdr, in_file_des);
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO
- if (debug_flag)
- {
- struct new_cpio_header *h;
- h = &file_hdr;
- fprintf (stderr,
- "magic = 0%o, ino = %d, mode = 0%o, uid = %d, gid = %d\n",
- h->c_magic, h->c_ino, h->c_mode, h->c_uid, h->c_gid);
- fprintf (stderr,
- "nlink = %d, mtime = %d, filesize = %d, dev_maj = 0x%x\n",
- h->c_nlink, h->c_mtime, h->c_filesize, h->c_dev_maj);
- fprintf (stderr,
- "dev_min = 0x%x, rdev_maj = 0x%x, rdev_min = 0x%x, namesize = %d\n",
- h->c_dev_min, h->c_rdev_maj, h->c_rdev_min, h->c_namesize);
- fprintf (stderr,
- "chksum = %d, name = \"%s\", tar_linkname = \"%s\"\n",
- h->c_chksum, h->c_name,
- h->c_tar_linkname ? h->c_tar_linkname : "(null)" );
-
- }
-#endif
- /* Is this the header for the TRAILER file? */
- if (strcmp ("TRAILER!!!", file_hdr.c_name) == 0)
- {
- done = TRUE;
- break;
- }
-
- /* Do we have to ignore absolute paths, and if so, does the filename
- have an absolute path? */
- if (no_abs_paths_flag && file_hdr.c_name && file_hdr.c_name [0] == '/')
- {
- char *p;
-
- p = file_hdr.c_name;
- while (*p == '/')
- ++p;
- if (*p == '\0')
- {
- strcpy (file_hdr.c_name, ".");
- }
- else
- {
- char *non_abs_name;
-
- non_abs_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (p) + 1);
- strcpy (non_abs_name, p);
- free (file_hdr.c_name);
- file_hdr.c_name = non_abs_name;
- }
- }
-
- /* Does the file name match one of the given patterns? */
- if (num_patterns <= 0)
- skip_file = FALSE;
- else
- {
- skip_file = copy_matching_files;
- for (i = 0; i < num_patterns
- && skip_file == copy_matching_files; i++)
- {
- if (fnmatch (save_patterns[i], file_hdr.c_name, 0) == 0)
- skip_file = !copy_matching_files;
- }
- }
-
- if (skip_file)
- {
- tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- }
- else if (table_flag)
- {
- if (verbose_flag)
- {
-#ifdef CP_IFLNK
- if ((file_hdr.c_mode & CP_IFMT) == CP_IFLNK)
- {
- if (archive_format != arf_tar && archive_format != arf_ustar)
- {
- link_name = (char *) xmalloc ((unsigned int) file_hdr.c_filesize + 1);
- link_name[file_hdr.c_filesize] = '\0';
- tape_buffered_read (link_name, in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- long_format (&file_hdr, link_name);
- free (link_name);
- tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- continue;
- }
- else
- {
- long_format (&file_hdr, file_hdr.c_tar_linkname);
- continue;
- }
- }
- else
-#endif
- long_format (&file_hdr, (char *) 0);
- }
- else
- printf ("%s\n", file_hdr.c_name);
-
- crc = 0;
- tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- if (only_verify_crc_flag)
- {
-#ifdef CP_IFLNK
- if ((file_hdr.c_mode & CP_IFMT) == CP_IFLNK)
- continue; /* links don't have a checksum */
-#endif
- if (crc != file_hdr.c_chksum)
- error (0, 0, "%s: checksum error (0x%x, should be 0x%x)",
- file_hdr.c_name, crc, file_hdr.c_chksum);
- }
- }
- else if (append_flag)
- {
- tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- }
- else if (only_verify_crc_flag)
- {
-#ifdef CP_IFLNK
- if ((file_hdr.c_mode & CP_IFMT) == CP_IFLNK)
- {
- if (archive_format != arf_tar && archive_format != arf_ustar)
- {
- tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- continue;
- }
- }
-#endif
- crc = 0;
- tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- if (crc != file_hdr.c_chksum)
- error (0, 0, "%s: checksum error (0x%x, should be 0x%x)",
- file_hdr.c_name, crc, file_hdr.c_chksum);
- }
- else
- {
- /* Copy the input file into the directory structure. */
-
- /* Do we need to rename the file? */
- if (rename_flag || rename_batch_file)
- {
- if (rename_flag)
- {
- fprintf (tty_out, "rename %s -> ", file_hdr.c_name);
- fflush (tty_out);
- str_res = ds_fgets (tty_in, &new_name);
- }
- else
- {
- str_res = ds_fgetstr (rename_in, &new_name, '\n');
- }
- if (str_res == NULL || str_res[0] == 0)
- {
- tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- continue;
- }
- else
- file_hdr.c_name = xstrdup (new_name.ds_string);
- }
-
- /* See if the file already exists. */
- existing_dir = FALSE;
- if (lstat (file_hdr.c_name, &file_stat) == 0)
- {
- if (S_ISDIR (file_stat.st_mode)
- && ((file_hdr.c_mode & CP_IFMT) == CP_IFDIR))
- {
- /* If there is already a directory there that
- we are trying to create, don't complain about
- it. */
- existing_dir = TRUE;
- }
- else if (!unconditional_flag
- && file_hdr.c_mtime <= file_stat.st_mtime)
- {
- error (0, 0, "%s not created: newer or same age version exists",
- file_hdr.c_name);
- tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- continue; /* Go to the next file. */
- }
- else if (S_ISDIR (file_stat.st_mode)
- ? rmdir (file_hdr.c_name)
- : unlink (file_hdr.c_name))
- {
- error (0, errno, "cannot remove current %s",
- file_hdr.c_name);
- tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- continue; /* Go to the next file. */
- }
- }
-
- /* Do the real copy or link. */
- switch (file_hdr.c_mode & CP_IFMT)
- {
- case CP_IFREG:
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
- /* Can the current file be linked to a previously copied file? */
- if (file_hdr.c_nlink > 1 && (archive_format == arf_newascii
- || archive_format == arf_crcascii) )
- {
- int link_res;
- if (file_hdr.c_filesize == 0)
- {
- /* The newc and crc formats store multiply linked copies
- of the same file in the archive only once. The
- actual data is attached to the last link in the
- archive, and the other links all have a filesize
- of 0. Since this file has multiple links and a
- filesize of 0, its data is probably attatched to
- another file in the archive. Save the link, and
- process it later when we get the actual data. We
- can't just create it with length 0 and add the
- data later, in case the file is readonly. We still
- lose if its parent directory is readonly (and we aren't
- running as root), but there's nothing we can do about
- that. */
- defer_copyin (&file_hdr);
- tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- break;
- }
- /* If the file has data (filesize != 0), then presumably
- any other links have already been defer_copyin'ed(),
- but GNU cpio version 2.0-2.2 didn't do that, so we
- still have to check for links here (and also in case
- the archive was created and later appeneded to). */
- link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (file_hdr.c_name,
- file_hdr.c_dev_maj, file_hdr.c_dev_maj,
- file_hdr.c_ino);
- if (link_res == 0)
- {
- tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- break;
- }
- }
- else if (file_hdr.c_nlink > 1 && archive_format != arf_tar
- && archive_format != arf_ustar)
- {
- int link_res;
- link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (file_hdr.c_name,
- file_hdr.c_dev_maj, file_hdr.c_dev_maj,
- file_hdr.c_ino);
- if (link_res == 0)
- {
- tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- break;
- }
- }
- else if ((archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
- && file_hdr.c_tar_linkname &&
- file_hdr.c_tar_linkname[0] != '\0')
- {
- int link_res;
- link_res = link_to_name (file_hdr.c_name,
- file_hdr.c_tar_linkname);
- if (link_res < 0)
- {
- error (0, errno, "cannot link %s to %s",
- file_hdr.c_tar_linkname, file_hdr.c_name);
- }
- break;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If not linked, copy the contents of the file. */
- if (link_name == NULL)
- {
- out_file_des = open (file_hdr.c_name,
- O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, 0600);
- if (out_file_des < 0 && create_dir_flag)
- {
- create_all_directories (file_hdr.c_name);
- out_file_des = open (file_hdr.c_name,
- O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY,
- 0600);
- }
- if (out_file_des < 0)
- {
- error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
- tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- continue;
- }
-
- crc = 0;
- if (swap_halfwords_flag)
- {
- if ((file_hdr.c_filesize % 4) == 0)
- swapping_halfwords = TRUE;
- else
- error (0, 0, "cannot swap halfwords of %s: odd number of halfwords",
- file_hdr.c_name);
- }
- if (swap_bytes_flag)
- {
- if ((file_hdr.c_filesize % 2) == 0)
- swapping_bytes = TRUE;
- else
- error (0, 0, "cannot swap bytes of %s: odd number of bytes",
- file_hdr.c_name);
- }
- copy_files_tape_to_disk (in_file_des, out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- disk_empty_output_buffer (out_file_des);
- if (close (out_file_des) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
-
- if (archive_format == arf_crcascii)
- {
- if (crc != file_hdr.c_chksum)
- error (0, 0, "%s: checksum error (0x%x, should be 0x%x)",
- file_hdr.c_name, crc, file_hdr.c_chksum);
- }
- /* File is now copied; set attributes. */
- if (!no_chown_flag)
- if ((chown (file_hdr.c_name,
- set_owner_flag ? set_owner : file_hdr.c_uid,
- set_group_flag ? set_group : file_hdr.c_gid) < 0)
- && errno != EPERM)
- error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
- /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */
- if (chmod (file_hdr.c_name, (int) file_hdr.c_mode) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
- if (retain_time_flag)
- {
- times.actime = times.modtime = file_hdr.c_mtime;
- if (utime (file_hdr.c_name, ×) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
- }
- tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- if (file_hdr.c_nlink > 1 && (archive_format == arf_newascii
- || archive_format == arf_crcascii) )
- {
- /* (see comment above for how the newc and crc formats
- store multiple links). Now that we have the data
- for this file, create any other links to it which
- we defered. */
- create_defered_links (&file_hdr);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case CP_IFDIR:
- /* Strip any trailing `/'s off the filename; tar puts
- them on. We might as well do it here in case anybody
- else does too, since they cause strange things to happen. */
- strip_trailing_slashes (file_hdr.c_name);
-
- /* Ignore the current directory. It must already exist,
- and we don't want to change its permission, ownership
- or time. */
- if (file_hdr.c_name[0] == '.' && file_hdr.c_name[1] == '\0')
- break;
-
-#ifdef HPUX_CDF
- cdf_flag = 0;
-#endif
- if (!existing_dir)
-
- {
-#ifdef HPUX_CDF
- /* If the directory name ends in a + and is SUID,
- then it is a CDF. Strip the trailing + from
- the name before creating it. */
- cdf_char = strlen (file_hdr.c_name) - 1;
- if ( (cdf_char > 0) &&
- (file_hdr.c_mode & 04000) &&
- (file_hdr.c_name [cdf_char] == '+') )
- {
- file_hdr.c_name [cdf_char] = '\0';
- cdf_flag = 1;
- }
-#endif
- res = mkdir (file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_mode);
- }
- else
- res = 0;
- if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
- {
- create_all_directories (file_hdr.c_name);
- res = mkdir (file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_mode);
- }
- if (res < 0)
- {
- /* In some odd cases where the file_hdr.c_name includes `.',
- the directory may have actually been created by
- create_all_directories(), so the mkdir will fail
- because the directory exists. If that's the case,
- don't complain about it. */
- if ( (errno != EEXIST) ||
- (lstat (file_hdr.c_name, &file_stat) != 0) ||
- !(S_ISDIR (file_stat.st_mode) ) )
- {
- error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
- continue;
- }
- }
- if (!no_chown_flag)
- if ((chown (file_hdr.c_name,
- set_owner_flag ? set_owner : file_hdr.c_uid,
- set_group_flag ? set_group : file_hdr.c_gid) < 0)
- && errno != EPERM)
- error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
- /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */
- if (chmod (file_hdr.c_name, (int) file_hdr.c_mode) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
-#ifdef HPUX_CDF
- if (cdf_flag)
- /* Once we "hide" the directory with the chmod(),
- we have to refer to it using name+ instead of name. */
- file_hdr.c_name [cdf_char] = '+';
-#endif
- if (retain_time_flag)
- {
- times.actime = times.modtime = file_hdr.c_mtime;
- if (utime (file_hdr.c_name, ×) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
- }
- break;
-
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
- case CP_IFCHR:
- case CP_IFBLK:
-#ifdef CP_IFSOCK
- case CP_IFSOCK:
-#endif
-#ifdef CP_IFIFO
- case CP_IFIFO:
-#endif
- if (file_hdr.c_nlink > 1 && archive_format != arf_tar
- && archive_format != arf_ustar)
- {
- int link_res;
- link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (file_hdr.c_name,
- file_hdr.c_dev_maj, file_hdr.c_dev_maj,
- file_hdr.c_ino);
- if (link_res == 0)
- break;
- }
- else if (archive_format == arf_ustar &&
- file_hdr.c_tar_linkname &&
- file_hdr.c_tar_linkname [0] != '\0')
- {
- int link_res;
- link_res = link_to_name (file_hdr.c_name,
- file_hdr.c_tar_linkname);
- if (link_res < 0)
- {
- error (0, errno, "cannot link %s to %s",
- file_hdr.c_tar_linkname, file_hdr.c_name);
- /* Something must be wrong, because we couldn't
- find the file to link to. But can we assume
- that the device maj/min numbers are correct
- and fall through to the mknod? It's probably
- safer to just break, rather than possibly
- creating a bogus device file. */
- }
- break;
- }
-
-#ifdef CP_IFIFO
- if ((file_hdr.c_mode & CP_IFMT) == CP_IFIFO)
- res = mkfifo (file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_mode);
- else
-#endif
- res = mknod (file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_mode,
- makedev (file_hdr.c_rdev_maj, file_hdr.c_rdev_min));
- if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
- {
- create_all_directories (file_hdr.c_name);
-#ifdef CP_IFIFO
- if ((file_hdr.c_mode & CP_IFMT) == CP_IFIFO)
- res = mkfifo (file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_mode);
- else
-#endif
- res = mknod (file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_mode,
- makedev (file_hdr.c_rdev_maj,
- file_hdr.c_rdev_min));
- }
- if (res < 0)
- {
- error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
- continue;
- }
- if (!no_chown_flag)
- if ((chown (file_hdr.c_name,
- set_owner_flag ? set_owner : file_hdr.c_uid,
- set_group_flag ? set_group : file_hdr.c_gid) < 0)
- && errno != EPERM)
- error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
- /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */
- if (chmod (file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_mode) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
- if (retain_time_flag)
- {
- times.actime = times.modtime = file_hdr.c_mtime;
- if (utime (file_hdr.c_name, ×) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
- }
- break;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef CP_IFLNK
- case CP_IFLNK:
- {
- if (archive_format != arf_tar && archive_format != arf_ustar)
- {
- link_name = (char *) xmalloc ((unsigned int) file_hdr.c_filesize + 1);
- link_name[file_hdr.c_filesize] = '\0';
- tape_buffered_read (link_name, in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- }
- else
- {
- link_name = xstrdup (file_hdr.c_tar_linkname);
- }
-
- res = UMASKED_SYMLINK (link_name, file_hdr.c_name,
- file_hdr.c_mode);
- if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
- {
- create_all_directories (file_hdr.c_name);
- res = UMASKED_SYMLINK (link_name, file_hdr.c_name,
- file_hdr.c_mode);
- }
- if (res < 0)
- {
- error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
- free (link_name);
- link_name = NULL;
- continue;
- }
- if (!no_chown_flag)
- if ((lchown (file_hdr.c_name,
- set_owner_flag ? set_owner : file_hdr.c_uid,
- set_group_flag ? set_group : file_hdr.c_gid) < 0)
- && errno != EPERM)
- error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
- free (link_name);
- link_name = NULL;
- }
- break;
-#endif
-
- default:
- error (0, 0, "%s: unknown file type", file_hdr.c_name);
- tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
- }
-
- if (verbose_flag)
- fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", file_hdr.c_name);
- if (dot_flag)
- fputc ('.', stderr);
- }
- }
-
- if (dot_flag)
- fputc ('\n', stderr);
-
- if (append_flag)
- return;
-
- if (archive_format == arf_newascii || archive_format == arf_crcascii)
- create_final_defers ();
- if (!quiet_flag)
- {
- res = (input_bytes + io_block_size - 1) / io_block_size;
- if (res == 1)
- fprintf (stderr, "1 block\n");
- else
- fprintf (stderr, "%d blocks\n", res);
- }
-}
-\f
-/* Print the file described by FILE_HDR in long format.
- If LINK_NAME is nonzero, it is the name of the file that
- this file is a symbolic link to. */
-
-void
-long_format (file_hdr, link_name)
- struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
- char *link_name;
-{
- char mbuf[11];
- char tbuf[40];
- time_t when;
- char *ptbuf;
-#ifdef HAVE_STRFTIME
- static int d_first = -1;
-#endif
-
- mode_string (file_hdr->c_mode, mbuf);
- mbuf[10] = '\0';
-
- /* Get time values ready to print. */
- when = file_hdr->c_mtime;
-#ifdef HAVE_STRFTIME
-#ifdef __FreeBSD__
- if (d_first < 0)
- d_first = (*nl_langinfo(D_MD_ORDER) == 'd');
-#else
- d_first = 0;
-#endif
- if (current_time - when > 6L * 30L * 24L * 60L * 60L
- || current_time - when < 0L)
- ptbuf = d_first ? "%e %b %Y" : "%b %e %Y";
- else
- ptbuf = d_first ? "%e %b %R" : "%b %e %R";
- strftime(tbuf, sizeof(tbuf), ptbuf, localtime(&when));
- ptbuf = tbuf;
-#else
- strcpy (tbuf, ctime (&when));
- if (current_time - when > 6L * 30L * 24L * 60L * 60L
- || current_time - when < 0L)
- {
- /* The file is older than 6 months, or in the future.
- Show the year instead of the time of day. */
- strcpy (tbuf + 11, tbuf + 19);
- }
- tbuf[16] = '\0';
- ptbuf = tbuf + 4;
-#endif
-
- printf ("%s %3lu ", mbuf, file_hdr->c_nlink);
-
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
- if (numeric_uid)
-#endif
- printf ("%-8u %-8u ", (unsigned int) file_hdr->c_uid,
- (unsigned int) file_hdr->c_gid);
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
- else
- printf ("%-8.8s %-8.8s ", getuser (file_hdr->c_uid),
- getgroup (file_hdr->c_gid));
-
- if ((file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT) == CP_IFCHR
- || (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT) == CP_IFBLK)
- printf ("%3lu, %3lu ", file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
- else
-#endif
- printf ("%8lu ", file_hdr->c_filesize);
-
- printf ("%s ", ptbuf);
-
- print_name_with_quoting (file_hdr->c_name);
- if (link_name)
- {
- printf (" -> ");
- print_name_with_quoting (link_name);
- }
- putc ('\n', stdout);
-}
-
-void
-print_name_with_quoting (p)
- register char *p;
-{
- register unsigned char c;
-
- while ( (c = *p++) )
- {
- switch (c)
- {
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
- case '\\':
- printf ("\\\\");
- break;
-#endif
-
- case '\n':
- printf ("\\n");
- break;
-
- case '\b':
- printf ("\\b");
- break;
-
- case '\r':
- printf ("\\r");
- break;
-
- case '\t':
- printf ("\\t");
- break;
-
- case '\f':
- printf ("\\f");
- break;
-
- case ' ':
- printf ("\\ ");
- break;
-
- case '"':
- printf ("\\\"");
- break;
-
- default:
-#if (defined(BSD) && (BSD >= 199306))
- if (isprint(c))
-#else
- if (c > 040 &&
-#ifdef __MSDOS__
- c < 0377 && c != 0177
-#else
- c < 0177
-#endif
- )
-#endif
- putchar (c);
- else
- printf ("\\%03o", (unsigned int) c);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/* Read a pattern file (for the -E option). Put a list of
- `num_patterns' elements in `save_patterns'. Any patterns that were
- already in `save_patterns' (from the command line) are preserved. */
-
-static void
-read_pattern_file ()
-{
- int max_new_patterns;
- char **new_save_patterns;
- int new_num_patterns;
- int i;
- dynamic_string pattern_name;
- FILE *pattern_fp;
-
- if (num_patterns < 0)
- num_patterns = 0;
- max_new_patterns = 1 + num_patterns;
- new_save_patterns = (char **) xmalloc (max_new_patterns * sizeof (char *));
- new_num_patterns = num_patterns;
- ds_init (&pattern_name, 128);
-
- pattern_fp = fopen (pattern_file_name, "r");
- if (pattern_fp == NULL)
- error (1, errno, "%s", pattern_file_name);
- while (ds_fgetstr (pattern_fp, &pattern_name, '\n') != NULL)
- {
- if (new_num_patterns >= max_new_patterns)
- {
- max_new_patterns += 1;
- new_save_patterns = (char **)
- xrealloc ((char *) new_save_patterns,
- max_new_patterns * sizeof (char *));
- }
- new_save_patterns[new_num_patterns] = xstrdup (pattern_name.ds_string);
- ++new_num_patterns;
- }
- if (ferror (pattern_fp) || fclose (pattern_fp) == EOF)
- error (1, errno, "%s", pattern_file_name);
-
- for (i = 0; i < num_patterns; ++i)
- new_save_patterns[i] = save_patterns[i];
-
- save_patterns = new_save_patterns;
- num_patterns = new_num_patterns;
-}
-
-/* Skip the padding on IN_FILE_DES after a header or file,
- up to the next header.
- The number of bytes skipped is based on OFFSET -- the current offset
- from the last start of a header (or file) -- and the current
- header type. */
-
-static void
-tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, offset)
- int in_file_des;
- int offset;
-{
- int pad;
-
- if (archive_format == arf_crcascii || archive_format == arf_newascii)
- pad = (4 - (offset % 4)) % 4;
- else if (archive_format == arf_binary || archive_format == arf_hpbinary)
- pad = (2 - (offset % 2)) % 2;
- else if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
- pad = (512 - (offset % 512)) % 512;
- else
- pad = 0;
-
- if (pad != 0)
- tape_toss_input (in_file_des, pad);
-}
-
-
-/* The newc and crc formats store multiply linked copies of the same file
- in the archive only once. The actual data is attached to the last link
- in the archive, and the other links all have a filesize of 0. When a
- file in the archive has multiple links and a filesize of 0, its data is
- probably "attatched" to another file in the archive, so we can't create
- it right away. We have to "defer" creating it until we have created
- the file that has the data "attatched" to it. We keep a list of the
- "defered" links on deferments. */
-
-struct deferment *deferments = NULL;
-
-/* Add a file header to the deferments list. For now they all just
- go on one list, although we could optimize this if necessary. */
-
-static void
-defer_copyin (file_hdr)
- struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
-{
- struct deferment *d;
- d = create_deferment (file_hdr);
- d->next = deferments;
- deferments = d;
- return;
-}
-
-/* We just created a file that (probably) has some other links to it
- which have been defered. Go through all of the links on the deferments
- list and create any which are links to this file. */
-
-static void
-create_defered_links (file_hdr)
- struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
-{
- struct deferment *d;
- struct deferment *d_prev;
- int ino;
- int maj;
- int min;
- int link_res;
- ino = file_hdr->c_ino;
- maj = file_hdr->c_dev_maj;
- min = file_hdr->c_dev_min;
- d = deferments;
- d_prev = NULL;
- while (d != NULL)
- {
- if ( (d->header.c_ino == ino) && (d->header.c_dev_maj == maj)
- && (d->header.c_dev_min == min) )
- {
- struct deferment *d_free;
- link_res = link_to_name (d->header.c_name, file_hdr->c_name);
- if (link_res < 0)
- {
- error (0, errno, "cannot link %s to %s",
- d->header.c_name, file_hdr->c_name);
- }
- if (d_prev != NULL)
- d_prev->next = d->next;
- else
- deferments = d->next;
- d_free = d;
- d = d->next;
- free_deferment (d_free);
- }
- else
- {
- d_prev = d;
- d = d->next;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/* If we had a multiply linked file that really was empty then we would
- have defered all of its links, since we never found any with data
- "attached", and they will still be on the deferment list even when
- we are done reading the whole archive. Write out all of these
- empty links that are still on the deferments list. */
-
-static void
-create_final_defers ()
-{
- struct deferment *d;
- int link_res;
- int out_file_des;
- struct utimbuf times; /* For setting file times. */
- /* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set. */
- bzero (×, sizeof (struct utimbuf));
-
- for (d = deferments; d != NULL; d = d->next)
- {
- link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (d->header.c_name,
- d->header.c_dev_maj, d->header.c_dev_maj,
- d->header.c_ino);
- if (link_res == 0)
- {
- continue;
- }
- out_file_des = open (d->header.c_name,
- O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, 0600);
- if (out_file_des < 0 && create_dir_flag)
- {
- create_all_directories (d->header.c_name);
- out_file_des = open (d->header.c_name,
- O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY,
- 0600);
- }
- if (out_file_des < 0)
- {
- error (0, errno, "%s", d->header.c_name);
- continue;
- }
-
- if (close (out_file_des) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", d->header.c_name);
-
- /* File is now copied; set attributes. */
- if (!no_chown_flag)
- if ((chown (d->header.c_name,
- set_owner_flag ? set_owner : d->header.c_uid,
- set_group_flag ? set_group : d->header.c_gid) < 0)
- && errno != EPERM)
- error (0, errno, "%s", d->header.c_name);
- /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */
- if (chmod (d->header.c_name, (int) d->header.c_mode) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", d->header.c_name);
- if (retain_time_flag)
- {
- times.actime = times.modtime = d->header.c_mtime;
- if (utime (d->header.c_name, ×) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", d->header.c_name);
- }
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* copyout.c - create a cpio archive
- Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include "filetypes.h"
-#include "system.h"
-#include "cpiohdr.h"
-#include "dstring.h"
-#include "extern.h"
-#include "defer.h"
-#include "rmt.h"
-
-static unsigned long read_for_checksum ();
-static void tape_clear_rest_of_block ();
-static void tape_pad_output ();
-static int last_link ();
-static int count_defered_links_to_dev_ino ();
-static void add_link_defer ();
-static void writeout_other_defers ();
-static void writeout_final_defers();
-static void writeout_defered_file ();
-static int check_rdev ();
-
-/* Write out header FILE_HDR, including the file name, to file
- descriptor OUT_DES. */
-
-void
-write_out_header (file_hdr, out_des)
- struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
- int out_des;
-{
- if (archive_format == arf_newascii || archive_format == arf_crcascii)
- {
- char ascii_header[112];
- char *magic_string;
-
- if (archive_format == arf_crcascii)
- magic_string = "070702";
- else
- magic_string = "070701";
- sprintf (ascii_header,
- "%6s%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx",
- magic_string,
- file_hdr->c_ino, file_hdr->c_mode, file_hdr->c_uid,
- file_hdr->c_gid, file_hdr->c_nlink, file_hdr->c_mtime,
- file_hdr->c_filesize, file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min,
- file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min, file_hdr->c_namesize,
- file_hdr->c_chksum);
- tape_buffered_write (ascii_header, out_des, 110L);
-
- /* Write file name to output. */
- tape_buffered_write (file_hdr->c_name, out_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize);
- tape_pad_output (out_des, file_hdr->c_namesize + 110);
- }
- else if (archive_format == arf_oldascii || archive_format == arf_hpoldascii)
- {
- char ascii_header[78];
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
- dev_t dev;
- dev_t rdev;
-
- if (archive_format == arf_oldascii)
- {
- dev = makedev (file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min);
- rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
- }
- else
- {
- /* HP/UX cpio creates archives that look just like ordinary archives,
- but for devices it sets major = 0, minor = 1, and puts the
- actual major/minor number in the filesize field. */
- switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT)
- {
- case CP_IFCHR:
- case CP_IFBLK:
-#ifdef CP_IFSOCK
- case CP_IFSOCK:
-#endif
-#ifdef CP_IFIFO
- case CP_IFIFO:
-#endif
- file_hdr->c_filesize = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj,
- file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
- rdev = 1;
- break;
- default:
- dev = makedev (file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min);
- rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
- break;
- }
- }
-#else
- int dev = 0, rdev = 0;
-#endif
-
- if ((file_hdr->c_ino >> 16) != 0)
- error (0, 0, "%s: truncating inode number", file_hdr->c_name);
-
- sprintf (ascii_header,
- "%06o%06o%06lo%06lo%06lo%06lo%06lo%06o%011lo%06lo%011lo",
- file_hdr->c_magic & 0xFFFF, dev & 0xFFFF,
- file_hdr->c_ino & 0xFFFF, file_hdr->c_mode & 0xFFFF,
- file_hdr->c_uid & 0xFFFF, file_hdr->c_gid & 0xFFFF,
- file_hdr->c_nlink & 0xFFFF, rdev & 0xFFFF,
- file_hdr->c_mtime, file_hdr->c_namesize & 0xFFFF,
- file_hdr->c_filesize);
- tape_buffered_write (ascii_header, out_des, 76L);
-
- /* Write file name to output. */
- tape_buffered_write (file_hdr->c_name, out_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize);
- }
- else if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
- {
- write_out_tar_header (file_hdr, out_des);
- }
- else
- {
- struct old_cpio_header short_hdr;
-
- short_hdr.c_magic = 070707;
- short_hdr.c_dev = makedev (file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min);
-
- if ((file_hdr->c_ino >> 16) != 0)
- error (0, 0, "%s: truncating inode number", file_hdr->c_name);
-
- short_hdr.c_ino = file_hdr->c_ino & 0xFFFF;
- short_hdr.c_mode = file_hdr->c_mode & 0xFFFF;
- short_hdr.c_uid = file_hdr->c_uid & 0xFFFF;
- short_hdr.c_gid = file_hdr->c_gid & 0xFFFF;
- short_hdr.c_nlink = file_hdr->c_nlink & 0xFFFF;
- if (archive_format != arf_hpbinary)
- short_hdr.c_rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
- else
- {
- switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT)
- {
- /* HP/UX cpio creates archives that look just like ordinary
- archives, but for devices it sets major = 0, minor = 1, and
- puts the actual major/minor number in the filesize field. */
- case CP_IFCHR:
- case CP_IFBLK:
-#ifdef CP_IFSOCK
- case CP_IFSOCK:
-#endif
-#ifdef CP_IFIFO
- case CP_IFIFO:
-#endif
- file_hdr->c_filesize = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj,
- file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
- short_hdr.c_rdev = makedev (0, 1);
- break;
- default:
- short_hdr.c_rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj,
- file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
- break;
- }
- }
- short_hdr.c_mtimes[0] = file_hdr->c_mtime >> 16;
- short_hdr.c_mtimes[1] = file_hdr->c_mtime & 0xFFFF;
-
- short_hdr.c_namesize = file_hdr->c_namesize & 0xFFFF;
-
- short_hdr.c_filesizes[0] = file_hdr->c_filesize >> 16;
- short_hdr.c_filesizes[1] = file_hdr->c_filesize & 0xFFFF;
-
- /* Output the file header. */
- tape_buffered_write ((char *) &short_hdr, out_des, 26L);
-
- /* Write file name to output. */
- tape_buffered_write (file_hdr->c_name, out_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize);
-
- tape_pad_output (out_des, file_hdr->c_namesize + 26);
- }
-}
-
-/* Read a list of file names from the standard input
- and write a cpio collection on the standard output.
- The format of the header depends on the compatibility (-c) flag. */
-
-void
-process_copy_out ()
-{
- int res; /* Result of functions. */
- dynamic_string input_name; /* Name of file read from stdin. */
- struct utimbuf times; /* For resetting file times after copy. */
- struct stat file_stat; /* Stat record for file. */
- struct new_cpio_header file_hdr; /* Output header information. */
- int in_file_des; /* Source file descriptor. */
- int out_file_des; /* Output file descriptor. */
- char *p;
-
- /* Initialize the copy out. */
- ds_init (&input_name, 128);
- /* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set. */
- bzero (×, sizeof (struct utimbuf));
- file_hdr.c_magic = 070707;
-
-#ifdef __MSDOS__
- setmode (archive_des, O_BINARY);
-#endif
- /* Check whether the output file might be a tape. */
- out_file_des = archive_des;
- if (_isrmt (out_file_des))
- {
- output_is_special = 1;
- output_is_seekable = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- if (fstat (out_file_des, &file_stat))
- error (1, errno, "standard output is closed");
- output_is_special =
-#ifdef S_ISBLK
- S_ISBLK (file_stat.st_mode) ||
-#endif
- S_ISCHR (file_stat.st_mode);
- output_is_seekable = S_ISREG (file_stat.st_mode);
- }
-
- if (append_flag)
- {
- process_copy_in ();
- prepare_append (out_file_des);
- }
-
- /* Copy files with names read from stdin. */
- while (ds_fgetstr (stdin, &input_name, name_end) != NULL)
- {
- /* Check for blank line. */
- if (input_name.ds_string[0] == 0)
- {
- error (0, 0, "blank line ignored");
- continue;
- }
-
- /* Process next file. */
- if ((*xstat) (input_name.ds_string, &file_stat) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
- else
- {
- /* Set values in output header. */
- file_hdr.c_dev_maj = major (file_stat.st_dev);
- file_hdr.c_dev_min = minor (file_stat.st_dev);
- file_hdr.c_ino = file_stat.st_ino;
- /* For POSIX systems that don't define the S_IF macros,
- we can't assume that S_ISfoo means the standard Unix
- S_IFfoo bit(s) are set. So do it manually, with a
- different name. Bleah. */
- file_hdr.c_mode = (file_stat.st_mode & 07777);
- if (S_ISREG (file_stat.st_mode))
- file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFREG;
- else if (S_ISDIR (file_stat.st_mode))
- file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFDIR;
-#ifdef S_ISBLK
- else if (S_ISBLK (file_stat.st_mode))
- file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFBLK;
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISCHR
- else if (S_ISCHR (file_stat.st_mode))
- file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFCHR;
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISFIFO
- else if (S_ISFIFO (file_stat.st_mode))
- file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFIFO;
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISLNK
- else if (S_ISLNK (file_stat.st_mode))
- file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFLNK;
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISSOCK
- else if (S_ISSOCK (file_stat.st_mode))
- file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFSOCK;
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISNWK
- else if (S_ISNWK (file_stat.st_mode))
- file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFNWK;
-#endif
- file_hdr.c_uid = file_stat.st_uid;
- file_hdr.c_gid = file_stat.st_gid;
- file_hdr.c_nlink = file_stat.st_nlink;
-
- /* The rdev is meaningless except for block and character
- special files (POSIX standard) and perhaps fifos and
- sockets. Clear it for other types of files so that
- check_rdev() doesn't reject files just because stat()
- put garbage in st_rdev and so that the output doesn't
- depend on the garbage. */
- switch (file_hdr.c_mode & CP_IFMT)
- {
- case CP_IFBLK:
- case CP_IFCHR:
-#ifdef CP_IFIFO
- case CP_IFIFO:
-#endif
-#ifdef CP_IFSOCK
- case CP_IFSOCK:
-#endif
- file_hdr.c_rdev_maj = major (file_stat.st_rdev);
- file_hdr.c_rdev_min = minor (file_stat.st_rdev);
- break;
- default:
- file_hdr.c_rdev_maj = 0;
- file_hdr.c_rdev_min = 0;
- break;
- }
-
- file_hdr.c_mtime = file_stat.st_mtime;
- file_hdr.c_filesize = file_stat.st_size;
- file_hdr.c_chksum = 0;
- file_hdr.c_tar_linkname = NULL;
-
- /* Strip leading `./' from the filename. */
- p = input_name.ds_string;
- while (*p == '.' && *(p + 1) == '/')
- {
- ++p;
- while (*p == '/')
- ++p;
- }
-#ifndef HPUX_CDF
- file_hdr.c_name = p;
- file_hdr.c_namesize = strlen (p) + 1;
-#else
- if ( (archive_format != arf_tar) && (archive_format != arf_ustar) )
- {
- /* We mark CDF's in cpio files by adding a 2nd `/' after the
- "hidden" directory name. We need to do this so we can
- properly recreate the directory as hidden (in case the
- files of a directory go into the archive before the
- directory itself (e.g from "find ... -depth ... | cpio")). */
- file_hdr.c_name = add_cdf_double_slashes (p);
- file_hdr.c_namesize = strlen (file_hdr.c_name) + 1;
- }
- else
- {
- /* We don't mark CDF's in tar files. We assume the "hidden"
- directory will always go into the archive before any of
- its files. */
- file_hdr.c_name = p;
- file_hdr.c_namesize = strlen (p) + 1;
- }
-#endif
- if ((archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
- && is_tar_filename_too_long (file_hdr.c_name))
- {
- error (0, 0, "%s: file name too long", file_hdr.c_name);
- continue;
- }
-
- switch (check_rdev (&file_hdr))
- {
- case 1:
- error (0, 0, "%s not dumped: major number would be truncated",
- file_hdr.c_name);
- continue;
- case 2:
- error (0, 0, "%s not dumped: minor number would be truncated",
- file_hdr.c_name);
- continue;
- case 4:
- error (0, 0, "%s not dumped: device number would be truncated",
- file_hdr.c_name);
- continue;
- }
-
-
- /* Copy the named file to the output. */
- switch (file_hdr.c_mode & CP_IFMT)
- {
- case CP_IFREG:
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
- if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
- {
- char *otherfile;
- if ((otherfile = find_inode_file (file_hdr.c_ino,
- file_hdr.c_dev_maj,
- file_hdr.c_dev_min)))
- {
- file_hdr.c_tar_linkname = otherfile;
- write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
- break;
- }
- }
- if ( (archive_format == arf_newascii || archive_format == arf_crcascii)
- && (file_hdr.c_nlink > 1) )
- {
- if (last_link (&file_hdr) )
- {
- writeout_other_defers (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
- }
- else
- {
- add_link_defer (&file_hdr);
- break;
- }
- }
-#endif
- in_file_des = open (input_name.ds_string,
- O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0);
- if (in_file_des < 0)
- {
- error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
- continue;
- }
-
- if (archive_format == arf_crcascii)
- file_hdr.c_chksum = read_for_checksum (in_file_des,
- file_hdr.c_filesize,
- input_name.ds_string);
-
- write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
- copy_files_disk_to_tape (in_file_des, out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize, input_name.ds_string);
-
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
- if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
- add_inode (file_hdr.c_ino, file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_dev_maj,
- file_hdr.c_dev_min);
-#endif
-
- tape_pad_output (out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
-
- if (close (in_file_des) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
- if (reset_time_flag)
- {
- times.actime = file_stat.st_atime;
- times.modtime = file_stat.st_mtime;
- if (utime (file_hdr.c_name, ×) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
- }
- break;
-
- case CP_IFDIR:
- file_hdr.c_filesize = 0;
- write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
- break;
-
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
- case CP_IFCHR:
- case CP_IFBLK:
-#ifdef CP_IFSOCK
- case CP_IFSOCK:
-#endif
-#ifdef CP_IFIFO
- case CP_IFIFO:
-#endif
- if (archive_format == arf_tar)
- {
- error (0, 0, "%s not dumped: not a regular file",
- file_hdr.c_name);
- continue;
- }
- else if (archive_format == arf_ustar)
- {
- char *otherfile;
- if ((otherfile = find_inode_file (file_hdr.c_ino,
- file_hdr.c_dev_maj,
- file_hdr.c_dev_min)))
- {
- /* This file is linked to another file already in the
- archive, so write it out as a hard link. */
- file_hdr.c_mode = (file_stat.st_mode & 07777);
- file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFREG;
- file_hdr.c_tar_linkname = otherfile;
- write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
- break;
- }
- add_inode (file_hdr.c_ino, file_hdr.c_name,
- file_hdr.c_dev_maj, file_hdr.c_dev_min);
- }
- file_hdr.c_filesize = 0;
- write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
- break;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef CP_IFLNK
- case CP_IFLNK:
- {
- char *link_name = (char *) xmalloc (file_stat.st_size + 1);
- int link_size;
-
- link_size = readlink (input_name.ds_string, link_name,
- file_stat.st_size);
- if (link_size < 0)
- {
- error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
- free (link_name);
- continue;
- }
- file_hdr.c_filesize = link_size;
- if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
- {
- if (link_size + 1 > 100)
- {
- error (0, 0, "%s: symbolic link too long",
- file_hdr.c_name);
- }
- else
- {
- link_name[link_size] = '\0';
- file_hdr.c_tar_linkname = link_name;
- write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
- tape_buffered_write (link_name, out_file_des, link_size);
- tape_pad_output (out_file_des, link_size);
- }
- free (link_name);
- }
- break;
-#endif
-
- default:
- error (0, 0, "%s: unknown file type", input_name.ds_string);
- }
-
- if (verbose_flag)
- fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", input_name.ds_string);
- if (dot_flag)
- fputc ('.', stderr);
- }
- }
-
- writeout_final_defers(out_file_des);
- /* The collection is complete; append the trailer. */
- file_hdr.c_ino = 0;
- file_hdr.c_mode = 0;
- file_hdr.c_uid = 0;
- file_hdr.c_gid = 0;
- file_hdr.c_nlink = 1; /* Must be 1 for crc format. */
- file_hdr.c_dev_maj = 0;
- file_hdr.c_dev_min = 0;
- file_hdr.c_rdev_maj = 0;
- file_hdr.c_rdev_min = 0;
- file_hdr.c_mtime = 0;
- file_hdr.c_chksum = 0;
-
- file_hdr.c_filesize = 0;
- file_hdr.c_namesize = 11;
- file_hdr.c_name = "TRAILER!!!";
- if (archive_format != arf_tar && archive_format != arf_ustar)
- write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
- else
- {
- tape_buffered_write (zeros_512, out_file_des, 512);
- tape_buffered_write (zeros_512, out_file_des, 512);
- }
-
- /* Fill up the output block. */
- tape_clear_rest_of_block (out_file_des);
- tape_empty_output_buffer (out_file_des);
- if (dot_flag)
- fputc ('\n', stderr);
- if (!quiet_flag)
- {
- res = (output_bytes + io_block_size - 1) / io_block_size;
- if (res == 1)
- fprintf (stderr, "1 block\n");
- else
- fprintf (stderr, "%d blocks\n", res);
- }
-}
-
-/* Read FILE_SIZE bytes of FILE_NAME from IN_FILE_DES and
- compute and return a checksum for them. */
-
-static unsigned long
-read_for_checksum (in_file_des, file_size, file_name)
- int in_file_des;
- int file_size;
- char *file_name;
-{
- unsigned long crc;
- char buf[BUFSIZ];
- int bytes_left;
- int bytes_read;
- int i;
-
- crc = 0;
-
- for (bytes_left = file_size; bytes_left > 0; bytes_left -= bytes_read)
- {
- bytes_read = read (in_file_des, buf, BUFSIZ);
- if (bytes_read < 0)
- error (1, errno, "cannot read checksum for %s", file_name);
- if (bytes_read == 0)
- break;
- for (i = 0; i < bytes_read; ++i)
- crc += buf[i] & 0xff;
- }
- if (lseek (in_file_des, 0L, SEEK_SET))
- error (1, errno, "cannot read checksum for %s", file_name);
-
- return crc;
-}
-
-/* Write out NULs to fill out the rest of the current block on
- OUT_FILE_DES. */
-
-static void
-tape_clear_rest_of_block (out_file_des)
- int out_file_des;
-{
- while (output_size < io_block_size)
- {
- if ((io_block_size - output_size) > 512)
- tape_buffered_write (zeros_512, out_file_des, 512);
- else
- tape_buffered_write (zeros_512, out_file_des, io_block_size - output_size);
- }
-}
-
-/* Write NULs on OUT_FILE_DES to move from OFFSET (the current location)
- to the end of the header. */
-
-static void
-tape_pad_output (out_file_des, offset)
- int out_file_des;
- int offset;
-{
- int pad;
-
- if (archive_format == arf_newascii || archive_format == arf_crcascii)
- pad = (4 - (offset % 4)) % 4;
- else if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
- pad = (512 - (offset % 512)) % 512;
- else if (archive_format != arf_oldascii && archive_format != arf_hpoldascii)
- pad = (2 - (offset % 2)) % 2;
- else
- pad = 0;
-
- if (pad != 0)
- tape_buffered_write (zeros_512, out_file_des, pad);
-}
-
-
-/* When creating newc and crc archives if a file has multiple (hard)
- links, we don't put any of them into the archive until we have seen
- all of them (or until we get to the end of the list of files that
- are going into the archive and know that we have seen all of the links
- to the file that we will see). We keep these "defered" files on
- this list. */
-
-struct deferment *deferouts = NULL;
-
-
-/* Is this file_hdr the last (hard) link to a file? I.e., have
- we already seen and defered all of the other links? */
-
-static int
-last_link (file_hdr)
- struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
-{
- int other_files_sofar;
-
- other_files_sofar = count_defered_links_to_dev_ino (file_hdr);
- if (file_hdr->c_nlink == (other_files_sofar + 1) )
- {
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Count the number of other (hard) links to this file that have
- already been defered. */
-
-static int
-count_defered_links_to_dev_ino (file_hdr)
- struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
-{
- struct deferment *d;
- int ino;
- int maj;
- int min;
- int count;
- ino = file_hdr->c_ino;
- maj = file_hdr->c_dev_maj;
- min = file_hdr->c_dev_min;
- count = 0;
- for (d = deferouts; d != NULL; d = d->next)
- {
- if ( (d->header.c_ino == ino) && (d->header.c_dev_maj == maj)
- && (d->header.c_dev_min == min) )
- ++count;
- }
- return count;
-}
-
-/* Add the file header for a link that is being defered to the deferouts
- list. */
-
-static void
-add_link_defer (file_hdr)
- struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
-{
- struct deferment *d;
- d = create_deferment (file_hdr);
- d->next = deferouts;
- deferouts = d;
-}
-
-/* We are about to put a file into a newc or crc archive that is
- multiply linked. We have already seen and defered all of the
- other links to the file but haven't written them into the archive.
- Write the other links into the archive, and remove them from the
- deferouts list. */
-
-static void
-writeout_other_defers (file_hdr, out_des)
- struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
- int out_des;
-{
- struct deferment *d;
- struct deferment *d_prev;
- int ino;
- int maj;
- int min;
- ino = file_hdr->c_ino;
- maj = file_hdr->c_dev_maj;
- min = file_hdr->c_dev_min;
- d_prev = NULL;
- d = deferouts;
- while (d != NULL)
- {
- if ( (d->header.c_ino == ino) && (d->header.c_dev_maj == maj)
- && (d->header.c_dev_min == min) )
- {
- struct deferment *d_free;
- d->header.c_filesize = 0;
- write_out_header (&d->header, out_des);
- if (d_prev != NULL)
- d_prev->next = d->next;
- else
- deferouts = d->next;
- d_free = d;
- d = d->next;
- free_deferment (d_free);
- }
- else
- {
- d_prev = d;
- d = d->next;
- }
- }
- return;
-}
-/* When writing newc and crc format archives we defer multiply linked
- files until we have seen all of the links to the file. If a file
- has links to it that aren't going into the archive, then we will
- never see the "last" link to the file, so at the end we just write
- all of the leftover defered files into the archive. */
-
-static void
-writeout_final_defers(out_des)
- int out_des;
-{
- struct deferment *d;
- int other_count;
- while (deferouts != NULL)
- {
- d = deferouts;
- other_count = count_defered_links_to_dev_ino (&d->header);
- if (other_count == 1)
- {
- writeout_defered_file (&d->header, out_des);
- }
- else
- {
- struct new_cpio_header file_hdr;
- file_hdr = d->header;
- file_hdr.c_filesize = 0;
- write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_des);
- }
- deferouts = deferouts->next;
- }
-}
-
-/* Write a file into the archive. This code is the same as
- the code in process_copy_out(), but we need it here too
- for writeout_final_defers() to call. */
-
-static void
-writeout_defered_file (header, out_file_des)
- struct new_cpio_header *header;
- int out_file_des;
-{
- int in_file_des;
- struct new_cpio_header file_hdr;
- struct utimbuf times; /* For setting file times. */
- /* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set. */
- bzero (×, sizeof (struct utimbuf));
-
- file_hdr = *header;
-
-
- in_file_des = open (header->c_name,
- O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0);
- if (in_file_des < 0)
- {
- error (0, errno, "%s", header->c_name);
- return;
- }
-
- if (archive_format == arf_crcascii)
- file_hdr.c_chksum = read_for_checksum (in_file_des,
- file_hdr.c_filesize,
- header->c_name);
-
- write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
- copy_files_disk_to_tape (in_file_des, out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize, header->c_name);
-
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
- if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
- add_inode (file_hdr.c_ino, file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_dev_maj,
- file_hdr.c_dev_min);
-#endif
-
- tape_pad_output (out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
-
- if (close (in_file_des) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", header->c_name);
- if (reset_time_flag)
- {
- times.actime = file_hdr.c_mtime;
- times.modtime = file_hdr.c_mtime;
- if (utime (file_hdr.c_name, ×) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
- }
- return;
-}
-
-
-static int
-check_rdev (file_hdr)
- struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
-{
- if (archive_format == arf_newascii || archive_format == arf_crcascii)
- {
- if ((file_hdr->c_rdev_maj & 0xFFFFFFFF) != file_hdr->c_rdev_maj)
- return 1;
- if ((file_hdr->c_rdev_min & 0xFFFFFFFF) != file_hdr->c_rdev_min)
- return 2;
- }
- else if (archive_format == arf_oldascii || archive_format == arf_hpoldascii)
- {
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
- dev_t rdev;
-
- rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
- if (archive_format == arf_oldascii)
- {
- if ((rdev & 0xFFFF) != rdev)
- return 4;
- }
- else
- {
- switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT)
- {
- case CP_IFCHR:
- case CP_IFBLK:
-#ifdef CP_IFSOCK
- case CP_IFSOCK:
-#endif
-#ifdef CP_IFIFO
- case CP_IFIFO:
-#endif
- /* We could handle one more bit if longs are >= 33 bits. */
- if ((rdev & 037777777777) != rdev)
- return 4;
- break;
- default:
- if ((rdev & 0xFFFF) != rdev)
- return 4;
- break;
- }
- }
-#endif
- }
- else if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
- {
- /* The major and minor formats are limited to 7 octal digits in ustar
- format, and to_oct () adds a gratuitous trailing blank to further
- limit the format to 6 octal digits. */
- if ((file_hdr->c_rdev_maj & 0777777) != file_hdr->c_rdev_maj)
- return 1;
- if ((file_hdr->c_rdev_min & 0777777) != file_hdr->c_rdev_min)
- return 2;
- }
- else
- {
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
- dev_t rdev;
-
- rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
- if (archive_format != arf_hpbinary)
- {
- if ((rdev & 0xFFFF) != rdev)
- return 4;
- }
- else
- {
- switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT)
- {
- case CP_IFCHR:
- case CP_IFBLK:
-#ifdef CP_IFSOCK
- case CP_IFSOCK:
-#endif
-#ifdef CP_IFIFO
- case CP_IFIFO:
-#endif
- if ((rdev & 0xFFFFFFFF) != rdev)
- return 4;
- file_hdr->c_filesize = rdev;
- rdev = makedev (0, 1);
- break;
- default:
- if ((rdev & 0xFFFF) != rdev)
- return 4;
- break;
- }
- }
-#endif
- }
- return 0;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* copypass.c - cpio copy pass sub-function.
- Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include "filetypes.h"
-#include "system.h"
-#include "cpiohdr.h"
-#include "dstring.h"
-#include "extern.h"
-
-#ifndef HAVE_LCHOWN
-#define lchown chown
-#endif
-
-/* Copy files listed on the standard input into directory `directory_name'.
- If `link_flag', link instead of copying. */
-
-void
-process_copy_pass ()
-{
- dynamic_string input_name; /* Name of file from stdin. */
- dynamic_string output_name; /* Name of new file. */
- int dirname_len; /* Length of `directory_name'. */
- int res; /* Result of functions. */
- char *slash; /* For moving past slashes in input name. */
- struct utimbuf times; /* For resetting file times after copy. */
- struct stat in_file_stat; /* Stat record for input file. */
- struct stat out_file_stat; /* Stat record for output file. */
- int in_file_des; /* Input file descriptor. */
- int out_file_des; /* Output file descriptor. */
- int existing_dir; /* True if file is a dir & already exists. */
-#ifdef HPUX_CDF
- int cdf_flag;
- int cdf_char;
-#endif
-
- /* Initialize the copy pass. */
- dirname_len = strlen (directory_name);
- ds_init (&input_name, 128);
- ds_init (&output_name, dirname_len + 2);
- strcpy (output_name.ds_string, directory_name);
- output_name.ds_string[dirname_len] = '/';
- output_is_seekable = TRUE;
- /* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set. */
- bzero (×, sizeof (struct utimbuf));
-
- /* Copy files with names read from stdin. */
- while (ds_fgetstr (stdin, &input_name, name_end) != NULL)
- {
- int link_res = -1;
-
- /* Check for blank line and ignore it if found. */
- if (input_name.ds_string[0] == '\0')
- {
- error (0, 0, "blank line ignored");
- continue;
- }
-
- /* Check for current directory and ignore it if found. */
- if (input_name.ds_string[0] == '.'
- && (input_name.ds_string[1] == '\0'
- || (input_name.ds_string[1] == '/'
- && input_name.ds_string[2] == '\0')))
- continue;
-
- if ((*xstat) (input_name.ds_string, &in_file_stat) < 0)
- {
- error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
- continue;
- }
-
- /* Make the name of the new file. */
- for (slash = input_name.ds_string; *slash == '/'; ++slash)
- ;
-#ifdef HPUX_CDF
- /* For CDF's we add a 2nd `/' after all "hidden" directories.
- This kind of a kludge, but it's what we do when creating
- archives, and it's easier to do this than to separately
- keep track of which directories in a path are "hidden". */
- slash = add_cdf_double_slashes (slash);
-#endif
- ds_resize (&output_name, dirname_len + strlen (slash) + 2);
- strcpy (output_name.ds_string + dirname_len + 1, slash);
-
- existing_dir = FALSE;
- if (lstat (output_name.ds_string, &out_file_stat) == 0)
- {
- if (S_ISDIR (out_file_stat.st_mode)
- && S_ISDIR (in_file_stat.st_mode))
- {
- /* If there is already a directory there that
- we are trying to create, don't complain about it. */
- existing_dir = TRUE;
- }
- else if (!unconditional_flag
- && in_file_stat.st_mtime <= out_file_stat.st_mtime)
- {
- error (0, 0, "%s not created: newer or same age version exists",
- output_name.ds_string);
- continue; /* Go to the next file. */
- }
- else if (S_ISDIR (out_file_stat.st_mode)
- ? rmdir (output_name.ds_string)
- : unlink (output_name.ds_string))
- {
- error (0, errno, "cannot remove current %s",
- output_name.ds_string);
- continue; /* Go to the next file. */
- }
- }
-
- /* Do the real copy or link. */
- if (S_ISREG (in_file_stat.st_mode))
- {
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
- /* Can the current file be linked to a another file?
- Set link_name to the original file name. */
- if (link_flag)
- /* User said to link it if possible. Try and link to
- the original copy. If that fails we'll still try
- and link to a copy we've already made. */
- link_res = link_to_name (output_name.ds_string,
- input_name.ds_string);
- if ( (link_res < 0) && (in_file_stat.st_nlink > 1) )
- link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (output_name.ds_string,
- major (in_file_stat.st_dev),
- minor (in_file_stat.st_dev),
- in_file_stat.st_ino);
-#endif
-
- /* If the file was not linked, copy contents of file. */
- if (link_res < 0)
- {
- in_file_des = open (input_name.ds_string,
- O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0);
- if (in_file_des < 0)
- {
- error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
- continue;
- }
- out_file_des = open (output_name.ds_string,
- O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, 0600);
- if (out_file_des < 0 && create_dir_flag)
- {
- create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string);
- out_file_des = open (output_name.ds_string,
- O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, 0600);
- }
- if (out_file_des < 0)
- {
- error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
- close (in_file_des);
- continue;
- }
-
- copy_files_disk_to_disk (in_file_des, out_file_des, in_file_stat.st_size, input_name.ds_string);
- disk_empty_output_buffer (out_file_des);
- if (close (in_file_des) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
- if (close (out_file_des) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
-
- /* Set the attributes of the new file. */
- if (!no_chown_flag)
- if ((chown (output_name.ds_string,
- set_owner_flag ? set_owner : in_file_stat.st_uid,
- set_group_flag ? set_group : in_file_stat.st_gid) < 0)
- && errno != EPERM)
- error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
- /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */
- if (chmod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
- if (reset_time_flag)
- {
- times.actime = in_file_stat.st_atime;
- times.modtime = in_file_stat.st_mtime;
- if (utime (input_name.ds_string, ×) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
- if (utime (output_name.ds_string, ×) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
- }
- if (retain_time_flag)
- {
- times.actime = times.modtime = in_file_stat.st_mtime;
- if (utime (output_name.ds_string, ×) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
- }
- }
- }
- else if (S_ISDIR (in_file_stat.st_mode))
- {
-#ifdef HPUX_CDF
- cdf_flag = 0;
-#endif
- if (!existing_dir)
- {
-#ifdef HPUX_CDF
- /* If the directory name ends in a + and is SUID,
- then it is a CDF. Strip the trailing + from the name
- before creating it. */
- cdf_char = strlen (output_name.ds_string) - 1;
- if ( (cdf_char > 0) &&
- (in_file_stat.st_mode & 04000) &&
- (output_name.ds_string [cdf_char] == '+') )
- {
- output_name.ds_string [cdf_char] = '\0';
- cdf_flag = 1;
- }
-#endif
- res = mkdir (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode);
-
- }
- else
- res = 0;
- if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
- {
- create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string);
- res = mkdir (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode);
- }
- if (res < 0)
- {
- /* In some odd cases where the output_name includes `.',
- the directory may have actually been created by
- create_all_directories(), so the mkdir will fail
- because the directory exists. If that's the case,
- don't complain about it. */
- if ( (errno != EEXIST) ||
- (lstat (output_name.ds_string, &out_file_stat) != 0) ||
- !(S_ISDIR (out_file_stat.st_mode) ) )
- {
- error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
- continue;
- }
- }
- if (!no_chown_flag)
- if ((chown (output_name.ds_string,
- set_owner_flag ? set_owner : in_file_stat.st_uid,
- set_group_flag ? set_group : in_file_stat.st_gid) < 0)
- && errno != EPERM)
- error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
- /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */
- if (chmod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
-#ifdef HPUX_CDF
- if (cdf_flag)
- /* Once we "hide" the directory with the chmod(),
- we have to refer to it using name+ isntead of name. */
- output_name.ds_string [cdf_char] = '+';
-#endif
- if (retain_time_flag)
- {
- times.actime = times.modtime = in_file_stat.st_mtime;
- if (utime (output_name.ds_string, ×) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
- }
- }
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
- else if (S_ISCHR (in_file_stat.st_mode) ||
- S_ISBLK (in_file_stat.st_mode) ||
-#ifdef S_ISFIFO
- S_ISFIFO (in_file_stat.st_mode) ||
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISSOCK
- S_ISSOCK (in_file_stat.st_mode) ||
-#endif
- 0)
- {
- /* Can the current file be linked to a another file?
- Set link_name to the original file name. */
- if (link_flag)
- /* User said to link it if possible. */
- link_res = link_to_name (output_name.ds_string,
- input_name.ds_string);
- if ( (link_res < 0) && (in_file_stat.st_nlink > 1) )
- link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (output_name.ds_string,
- major (in_file_stat.st_dev),
- minor (in_file_stat.st_dev),
- in_file_stat.st_ino);
-
- if (link_res < 0)
- {
-#ifdef S_ISFIFO
- if (S_ISFIFO (in_file_stat.st_mode))
- res = mkfifo (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode);
- else
-#endif
- res = mknod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode,
- in_file_stat.st_rdev);
- if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
- {
- create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string);
-#ifdef S_ISFIFO
- if (S_ISFIFO (in_file_stat.st_mode))
- res = mkfifo (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode);
- else
-#endif
- res = mknod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode,
- in_file_stat.st_rdev);
- }
- if (res < 0)
- {
- error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
- continue;
- }
- if (!no_chown_flag)
- if ((chown (output_name.ds_string,
- set_owner_flag ? set_owner : in_file_stat.st_uid,
- set_group_flag ? set_group : in_file_stat.st_gid) < 0)
- && errno != EPERM)
- error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
- /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */
- if (chmod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
- if (retain_time_flag)
- {
- times.actime = times.modtime = in_file_stat.st_mtime;
- if (utime (output_name.ds_string, ×) < 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
- }
- }
- }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef S_ISLNK
- else if (S_ISLNK (in_file_stat.st_mode))
- {
- char *link_name;
- int link_size;
- link_name = (char *) xmalloc ((unsigned int) in_file_stat.st_size + 1);
-
- link_size = readlink (input_name.ds_string, link_name,
- in_file_stat.st_size);
- if (link_size < 0)
- {
- error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
- free (link_name);
- continue;
- }
- link_name[link_size] = '\0';
-
- res = UMASKED_SYMLINK (link_name, output_name.ds_string,
- in_file_stat.st_mode);
- if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
- {
- create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string);
- res = UMASKED_SYMLINK (link_name, output_name.ds_string,
- in_file_stat.st_mode);
- }
- if (res < 0)
- {
- error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
- free (link_name);
- continue;
- }
-
- /* Set the attributes of the new link. */
- if (!no_chown_flag)
- if ((lchown (output_name.ds_string,
- set_owner_flag ? set_owner : in_file_stat.st_uid,
- set_group_flag ? set_group : in_file_stat.st_gid) < 0)
- && errno != EPERM)
- error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
- free (link_name);
- }
-#endif
- else
- {
- error (0, 0, "%s: unknown file type", input_name.ds_string);
- }
-
- if (verbose_flag)
- fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", output_name.ds_string);
- if (dot_flag)
- fputc ('.', stderr);
- }
-
- if (dot_flag)
- fputc ('\n', stderr);
- if (!quiet_flag)
- {
- res = (output_bytes + io_block_size - 1) / io_block_size;
- if (res == 1)
- fprintf (stderr, "1 block\n");
- else
- fprintf (stderr, "%d blocks\n", res);
- }
-}
-\f
-/* Try and create a hard link from FILE_NAME to another file
- with the given major/minor device number and inode. If no other
- file with the same major/minor/inode numbers is known, add this file
- to the list of known files and associated major/minor/inode numbers
- and return -1. If another file with the same major/minor/inode
- numbers is found, try and create another link to it using
- link_to_name, and return 0 for success and -1 for failure. */
-
-int
-link_to_maj_min_ino (file_name, st_dev_maj, st_dev_min, st_ino)
- char *file_name;
- int st_dev_maj;
- int st_dev_min;
- int st_ino;
-{
- int link_res;
- char *link_name;
- link_res = -1;
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
- /* Is the file a link to a previously copied file? */
- link_name = find_inode_file (st_ino,
- st_dev_maj,
- st_dev_min);
- if (link_name == NULL)
- add_inode (st_ino, file_name,
- st_dev_maj,
- st_dev_min);
- else
- link_res = link_to_name (file_name, link_name);
-#endif
- return link_res;
-}
-\f
-/* Try and create a hard link from LINK_NAME to LINK_TARGET. If
- `create_dir_flag' is set, any non-existent (parent) directories
- needed by LINK_NAME will be created. If the link is successfully
- created and `verbose_flag' is set, print "LINK_TARGET linked to LINK_NAME\n".
- If the link can not be created and `link_flag' is set, print
- "cannot link LINK_TARGET to LINK_NAME\n". Return 0 if the link
- is created, -1 otherwise. */
-
-int
-link_to_name (link_name, link_target)
- char *link_name;
- char *link_target;
-{
- int res;
-#ifdef __MSDOS__
- res = -1;
-#else /* not __MSDOS__ */
- res = link (link_target, link_name);
- if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
- {
- create_all_directories (link_name);
- res = link (link_target, link_name);
- }
- if (res == 0)
- {
- if (verbose_flag)
- error (0, 0, "%s linked to %s",
- link_target, link_name);
- }
- else if (link_flag)
- {
- error (0, errno, "cannot link %s to %s",
- link_target, link_name);
- }
-#endif /* not __MSDOS__ */
- return res;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-.TH CPIO 1L \" -*- nroff -*-
-.SH NAME
-cpio \- copy files to and from archives
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B cpio
-{\-o|\-\-create} [\-0acvABLV] [\-C bytes] [\-H format] [\-M message]
-[\-O [[user@]host:]archive] [\-F [[user@]host:]archive]
-[\-\-file=[[user@]host:]archive] [\-\-format=format] [\-\-message=message]
-[\-\-null] [\-\-reset-access-time] [\-\-verbose] [\-\-dot] [\-\-append]
-[\-\-block-size=blocks] [\-\-dereference] [\-\-io-size=bytes] [\-\-quiet]
-[\-\-force\-local] [\-\-help] [\-\-version] < name-list [> archive]
-
-.B cpio
-{\-i|\-\-extract} [\-bcdfmnrtsuvBSV] [\-C bytes] [\-E file] [\-H format]
-[\-M message] [\-R [user][:.][group]] [\-I [[user@]host:]archive]
-[\-F [[user@]host:]archive] [\-\-file=[[user@]host:]archive]
-[\-\-make-directories] [\-\-nonmatching] [\-\-preserve-modification-time]
-[\-\-numeric-uid-gid] [\-\-rename] [\-\-list] [\-\-swap-bytes] [\-\-swap] [\-\-dot]
-[\-\-unconditional] [\-\-verbose] [\-\-block-size=blocks] [\-\-swap-halfwords]
-[\-\-io-size=bytes] [\-\-pattern-file=file] [\-\-format=format]
-[\-\-owner=[user][:.][group]] [\-\-no-preserve-owner] [\-\-message=message]
-[\-\-force\-local] [\-\-no\-absolute\-filenames] [\-\-sparse] [\-\-only\-verify\-crc]
-[\-\-quiet] [\-\-help] [\-\-version] [pattern...] [< archive]
-
-.B cpio
-{\-p|\-\-pass-through} [\-0adlmuvLV] [\-R [user][:.][group]]
-[\-\-null] [\-\-reset-access-time] [\-\-make-directories] [\-\-link] [\-\-quiet]
-[\-\-preserve-modification-time] [\-\-unconditional] [\-\-verbose] [\-\-dot]
-[\-\-dereference] [\-\-owner=[user][:.][group]] [\-\-no-preserve-owner]
-[\-\-sparse] [\-\-help] [\-\-version] destination-directory < name-list
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page
-documents the GNU version of
-.BR cpio .
-.B cpio
-copies files into or out of a cpio or tar archive, which is a file that
-contains other files plus information about them, such as their
-file name, owner, timestamps, and access permissions. The archive can
-be another file on the disk, a magnetic tape, or a pipe.
-.B cpio
-has three operating modes.
-.PP
-In copy-out mode,
-.B cpio
-copies files into an archive. It reads a list of filenames, one per
-line, on the standard input, and writes the archive onto the standard
-output. A typical way to generate the list of filenames is with the
-.B find
-command; you should give
-.B find
-the \-d option to minimize problems with permissions on
-directories that are unwritable or not searchable.
-.PP
-In copy-in mode,
-.B cpio
-copies files out of an archive or lists the archive contents. It
-reads the archive from the standard input. Any non-option command
-line arguments are shell globbing patterns; only files in the archive
-whose names match one or more of those patterns are copied from the
-archive. Unlike in the shell, an initial `.' in a filename does
-match a wildcard at the start of a pattern, and a `/' in a filename
-can match wildcards. If no patterns are given, all files are
-extracted.
-.PP
-In copy-pass mode,
-.B cpio
-copies files from one directory tree to another, combining the
-copy-out and copy-in steps without actually using an archive.
-It reads the list of files to copy from the standard input; the
-directory into which it will copy them is given as a non-option
-argument.
-.PP
-.B cpio
-supports the following archive formats: binary, old ASCII, new
-ASCII, crc, HPUX binary, HPUX old ASCII, old tar, and POSIX.1 tar.
-The binary format
-is obsolete because it encodes information about the files in a way
-that is not portable between different machine architectures.
-The old ASCII format is portable between different machine architectures,
-but should not be used on file systems with more than 65536 i-nodes.
-The new ASCII format is portable between different machine architectures
-and can be used on any size file system, but is not supported by all
-versions of
-.BR cpio ;
-currently, it is only supported by GNU and Unix System V R4.
-The crc format is
-like the new ASCII format, but also contains a checksum for each file
-which
-.B cpio
-calculates when creating an archive
-and verifies when the file is extracted from the archive.
-The HPUX formats are provided for compatibility with HPUX's cpio which
-stores device files differently.
-.PP
-The tar format is provided for compatibility with
-the
-.B tar
-program. It can not be used to archive files with names
-longer than 100 characters, and can not be used to archive "special"
-(block or character devices) files.
-The POSIX.1 tar format can not be used to archive files with names longer
-than 255 characters (less unless they have a "/" in just the right place).
-.PP
-By default,
-.B cpio
-creates binary format archives, for compatibility with
-older
-.B cpio
-programs.
-When extracting from archives,
-.B cpio
-automatically recognizes which kind of archive it is reading and can
-read archives created on machines with a different byte-order.
-.PP
-Some of the options to
-.B cpio
-apply only to certain operating modes; see the SYNOPSIS section for a
-list of which options are allowed in which modes.
-.SS OPTIONS
-.TP
-.I "\-0, \-\-null"
-In copy-out and copy-pass modes, read a list of filenames terminated
-by a null character instead of a newline, so that files whose names
-contain newlines can be archived. GNU
-.B find
-is one way to produce a list of null-terminated filenames.
-.TP
-.I "\-a, \-\-reset-access-time"
-Reset the access times of files after reading them, so that it does
-not look like they have just been read.
-.TP
-.I "\-A, \-\-append"
-Append to an existing archive. Only works in copy-out mode. The
-archive must be a disk file specified with the
-.I \-O
-or
-.I "\-F (\-\-file)"
-option.
-.TP
-.I "\-b, \-\-swap"
-In copy-in mode, swap both halfwords of words and bytes of halfwords
-in the data. Equivalent to
-.IR "\-sS" .
-Use this option to convert 32-bit integers between big-endian and
-little-endian machines.
-.TP
-.I "\-B"
-Set the I/O block size to 5120 bytes. Initially the block size is 512
-bytes.
-.TP
-.I "\-\-block-size=BLOCK-SIZE"
-Set the I/O block size to BLOCK-SIZE * 512 bytes.
-.TP
-.I "\-c"
-Use the old portable (ASCII) archive format.
-.TP
-.I "\-C IO-SIZE, \-\-io-size=IO-SIZE"
-Set the I/O block size to IO-SIZE bytes.
-.TP
-.I "\-d, \-\-make-directories"
-Create leading directories where needed.
-.TP
-.I "\-E FILE, \-\-pattern-file=FILE"
-In copy-in mode, read additional patterns specifying filenames to
-extract or list from FILE. The lines of FILE are treated as if they
-had been non-option arguments to
-.BR cpio .
-.TP
-.I "\-f, \-\-nonmatching"
-Only copy files that do not match any of the given patterns.
-.TP
-.I "\-F, \-\-file=archive"
-Archive filename to use instead of standard input or output. To use a
-tape drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename that
-starts with `HOSTNAME:'. The hostname can be preceded by a
-username and an `@' to access the remote tape drive as that user, if
-you have permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's
-`~/.rhosts' file).
-.TP
-.I "\-\-force-local"
-With
-.IR \-F ,
-.IR \-I ,
-or
-.IR \-O ,
-take the archive file name to be a local file even if it contains a
-colon, which would ordinarily indicate a remote host name.
-.TP
-.I "\-H FORMAT, \-\-format=FORMAT"
-Use archive format FORMAT. The valid formats are listed below;
-the same names are also recognized in all-caps. The default in
-copy-in mode is to automatically detect the archive format, and in
-copy-out mode is "bin".
-.RS
-.IP bin
-The obsolete binary format.
-.IP odc
-The old (POSIX.1) portable format.
-.IP newc
-The new (SVR4) portable format, which supports file systems having
-more than 65536 i-nodes.
-.IP crc
-The new (SVR4) portable format with a checksum added.
-.IP tar
-The old tar format.
-.IP ustar
-The POSIX.1 tar format. Also recognizes GNU
-.B tar
-archives, which are similar but not identical.
-.IP hpbin
-The obsolete binary format used by HPUX's cpio (which stores device files
-differently).
-.IP hpodc
-The portable format used by HPUX's cpio (which stores device files differently).
-.RE
-.TP
-.I "\-i, \-\-extract"
-Run in copy-in mode.
-.TP
-.I "\-I archive"
-Archive filename to use instead of standard input. To use a
-tape drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename that
-starts with `HOSTNAME:'. The hostname can be preceded by a
-username and an `@' to access the remote tape drive as that user, if
-you have permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's
-`~/.rhosts' file).
-.TP
-.I \-k
-Ignored; for compatibility with other versions of
-.BR cpio .
-.TP
-.I "\-l, \-\-link"
-Link files instead of copying them, when possible (usable only with the
-.I \-p
-option).
-.TP
-.I "\-L, \-\-dereference"
-Dereference symbolic links (copy the files that they point to instead
-of copying the links).
-.TP
-.I "\-m, \-\-preserve-modification-time"
-Retain previous file modification times when creating files.
-.TP
-.I "\-M MESSAGE, \-\-message=MESSAGE"
-Print MESSAGE when the end of a volume of the backup media (such as a
-tape or a floppy disk) is reached, to prompt the user to insert a new
-volume. If MESSAGE contains the string "%d", it is replaced by the
-current volume number (starting at 1).
-.TP
-.I "\-n, \-\-numeric-uid-gid"
-In the verbose table of contents listing, show numeric UID and GID
-instead of translating them into names.
-.TP
-.I " \-\-no-absolute-filenames"
-In copy-in mode, create all files relative to the current directory,
-even if they have an absolute file name in the archive.
-.TP
-.I " \-\-no-preserve-owner"
-In copy-in mode and copy-pass mode, do not change the ownership of the
-files; leave them owned by the user extracting them. This is the
-default for non-root users, so that users on System V don't
-inadvertently give away files.
-.TP
-.I "\-o, \-\-create"
-Run in copy-out mode.
-.TP
-.I "\-O archive"
-Archive filename to use instead of standard output. To use a tape
-drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename that starts
-with `HOSTNAME:'. The hostname can be preceded by a username and an
-`@' to access the remote tape drive as that user, if you have
-permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's `~/.rhosts'
-file).
-.TP
-.I " \-\-only-verify-crc"
-When reading a CRC format archive in copy-in mode, only verify the
-CRC's of each file in the archive, don't actually extract the files.
-.TP
-.I "\-p, \-\-pass-through"
-Run in copy-pass mode.
-.TP
-.I "\-\-quiet"
-Do not print the number of blocks copied.
-.TP
-.I "\-r, \-\-rename"
-Interactively rename files.
-.TP
-.I "\-R [user][:.][group], \-\-owner [user][:.][group]"
-In copy-out and copy-pass modes, set the ownership of all files created
-to the specified user and/or group. Either the user or the group, or
-both, must be present. If the group is omitted but the ":" or "."
-separator is given, use the given user's login group. Only the
-super-user can change files' ownership.
-.TP
-.I "\-\-sparse"
-In copy-out and copy-pass modes, write files with large blocks of zeros
-as sparse files.
-.TP
-.I "\-s, \-\-swap-bytes"
-In copy-in mode, swap the bytes of each halfword (pair of bytes) in the
-files.
-.TP
-.I "\-S, \-\-swap-halfwords"
-In copy-in mode, swap the halfwords of each word (4 bytes) in the
-files.
-.TP
-.I "\-t, \-\-list"
-Print a table of contents of the input.
-.TP
-.I "\-u, \-\-unconditional"
-Replace all files, without asking whether to replace existing newer
-files with older files.
-.TP
-.I "\-v, \-\-verbose"
-List the files processed, or with
-.IR \-t ,
-give an `ls \-l' style table of contents listing. In a verbose table
-of contents of a ustar archive, user and group names in the archive
-that do not exist on the local system are replaced by the names that
-correspond locally to the numeric UID and GID stored in the archive.
-.TP
-.I "\-V \-\-dot"
-Print a "." for each file processed.
-.TP
-.I "\-\-version"
-Print the
-.B cpio
-program version number and exit.
+++ /dev/null
-/* Extended cpio format from POSIX.1.
- Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
-#ifndef _CPIO_H
-
-#define _CPIO_H 1
-
-/* A cpio archive consists of a sequence of files.
- Each file has a 76 byte header,
- a variable length, NUL terminated filename,
- and variable length file data.
- A header for a filename "TRAILER!!!" indicates the end of the archive. */
-
-/* All the fields in the header are ISO 646 (approximately ASCII) strings
- of octal numbers, left padded, not NUL terminated.
-
- Field Name Length in Bytes Notes
- c_magic 6 must be "070707"
- c_dev 6
- c_ino 6
- c_mode 6 see below for value
- c_uid 6
- c_gid 6
- c_nlink 6
- c_rdev 6 only valid for chr and blk special files
- c_mtime 11
- c_namesize 6 count includes terminating NUL in pathname
- c_filesize 11 must be 0 for FIFOs and directories */
-
-/* Values for c_mode, OR'd together: */
-
-#define C_IRUSR 000400
-#define C_IWUSR 000200
-#define C_IXUSR 000100
-#define C_IRGRP 000040
-#define C_IWGRP 000020
-#define C_IXGRP 000010
-#define C_IROTH 000004
-#define C_IWOTH 000002
-#define C_IXOTH 000001
-
-#define C_ISUID 004000
-#define C_ISGID 002000
-#define C_ISVTX 001000
-
-#define C_ISBLK 060000
-#define C_ISCHR 020000
-#define C_ISDIR 040000
-#define C_ISFIFO 010000
-#define C_ISSOCK 0140000
-#define C_ISLNK 0120000
-#define C_ISCTG 0110000
-#define C_ISREG 0100000
-
-#endif /* cpio.h */
+++ /dev/null
-\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
-@c %**start of header
-@setfilename cpio.info
-@settitle cpio
-@setchapternewpage off
-@set VERSION GNU cpio 2.4
-@set RELEASEDATE November 1995
-@c %**end of header
-
-@ifinfo
-@format
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* cpio: (cpio). Making tape (or disk) archives.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-@end format
-@end ifinfo
-
-@ifinfo
-This file documents @value{VERSION}.
-
-Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-@ignore
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-
-
-@end ignore
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Foundation.
-@end ifinfo
-
-
-@titlepage
-@title GNU CPIO
-@subtitle @value{VERSION} @value{RELEASEDATE}
-@author by Robert Carleton
-@c copyright page
-@page
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@sp 2
-This is the first edition of the GNU cpio documentation,@*
-and is consistent with @value{VERSION}.@*
-@sp 2
-Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
-59 Temple Place - Suite 330, @*
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA @*
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
-approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end titlepage
-
-@ifinfo
-@node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir)
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@top
-
-GNU cpio is a tool for creating and extracting archives, or copying
-files from one place to another. It handles a number of cpio formats as
-well as reading and writing tar files. This is the first edition of the
-GNU cpio documentation and is consistant with @value{VERSION}.
-
-@menu
-* Introduction::
-* Tutorial:: Getting started.
-* Invoking `cpio':: How to invoke `cpio'.
-* Media:: Using tapes and other archive media.
-* Concept Index:: Concept index.
-
- --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
-
-Invoking cpio
-
-* Copy-out mode::
-* Copy-in mode::
-* Copy-pass mode::
-* Options::
-@end menu
-
-@end ifinfo
-
-@node Introduction, Tutorial, Top, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Introduction
-
-GNU cpio copies files into or out of a cpio or tar archive, The archive
-can be another file on the disk, a magnetic tape, or a pipe.
-
-GNU cpio supports the following archive formats: binary, old ASCII, new
-ASCII, crc, HPUX binary, HPUX old ASCII, old tar, and POSIX.1 tar. The
-tar format is provided for compatability with the tar program. By
-default, cpio creates binary format archives, for compatibility with
-older cpio programs. When extracting from archives, cpio automatically
-recognizes which kind of archive it is reading and can read archives
-created on machines with a different byte-order.
-
-@node Tutorial, Invoking `cpio', Introduction, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Tutorial
-@cindex creating a cpio archive
-@cindex extracting a cpio archive
-@cindex copying directory structures
-@cindex passing directory structures
-
-
-GNU cpio performs three primary functions. Copying files to an
-archive, Extracting files from an archive, and passing files to another
-directory tree. An archive can be a file on disk, one or more floppy
-disks, or one or more tapes.
-
-When creating an archive, cpio takes the list of files to be processed
-from the standard input, and then sends the archive to the standard
-output, or to the device defined by the @samp{-F} option.
-@xref{Copy-out mode}. Usually find or ls is used to provide this list
-to the standard input. In the following example you can see the
-possibilities for archiving the contents of a single directory.
-
-
-@example
-@cartouche
-% ls | cpio -ov > directory.cpio
-@end cartouche
-@end example
-
-The @samp{-o} option creates the archive, and the @samp{-v} option
-prints the names of the files archived as they are added. Notice that
-the options can be put together after a single @samp{-} or can be placed
-separately on the command line. The @samp{>} redirects the cpio output
-to the file @samp{directory.cpio}.
-
-
-If you wanted to archive an entire directory tree, the find command can
-provide the file list to cpio:
-
-
-@example
-@cartouche
-% find . -print -depth | cpio -ov > tree.cpio
-@end cartouche
-@end example
-
-
-This will take all the files in the current directory, the directories
-below and place them in the archive tree.cpio. Again the @samp{-o}
-creates an archive, and the @samp{-v} option shows you the name of the
-files as they are archived. @xref{Copy-out mode}. Using the `.' in the
-find statement will give you more flexibility when doing restores, as it
-will save file names with a relative path vice a hard wired, absolute
-path. The @samp{-depth} option forces @samp{find} to print of the
-entries in a directory before printing the directory itself. This
-limits the effects of restrictive directory permissions by printing the
-directory entries in a directory before the directory name itself.
-
-
-
-
-Extracting an archive requires a bit more thought because cpio will not
-create directories by default. Another characteristic, is it will not
-overwrite existing files unless you tell it to.
-
-
-@example
-@cartouche
-% cpio -iv < directory.cpio
-@end cartouche
-@end example
-
-This will retrieve the files archived in the file directory.cpio and
-place them in the present directory. The @samp{-i} option extracts the
-archive and the @samp{-v} shows the file names as they are extracted.
-If you are dealing with an archived directory tree, you need to use the
-@samp{-d} option to create directories as necessary, something like:
-
-@example
-@cartouche
-% cpio -idv < tree.cpio
-@end cartouche
-@end example
-
-This will take the contents of the archive tree.cpio and extract it to
-the current directory. If you try to extract the files on top of files
-of the same name that already exist (and have the same or later
-modification time) cpio will not extract the file unless told to do so
-by the -u option. @xref{Copy-in mode}.
-
-
-In copy-pass mode, cpio copies files from one directory tree to another,
-combining the copy-out and copy-in steps without actually using an
-archive. It reads the list of files to copy from the standard input;
-the directory into which it will copy them is given as a non-option
-argument. @xref{Copy-pass mode}.
-
-@example
-@cartouche
-% find . -depth -print0 | cpio --null -pvd new-dir
-@end cartouche
-@end example
-
-
-The example shows copying the files of the present directory, and
-sub-directories to a new directory called new-dir. Some new options are
-the @samp{-print0} available with GNU find, combined with the
-@samp{--null} option of cpio. These two options act together to send
-file names between find and cpio, even if special characters are
-embedded in the file names. Another is @samp{-p}, which tells cpio to
-pass the files it finds to the directory @samp{new-dir}.
-
-@node Invoking `cpio', Media, Tutorial, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Invoking cpio
-@cindex invoking cpio
-@cindex command line options
-
-@menu
-* Copy-out mode::
-* Copy-in mode::
-* Copy-pass mode::
-* Options::
-@end menu
-
-@node Copy-out mode, Copy-in mode, Invoking `cpio', Invoking `cpio'
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section Copy-out mode
-
-In copy-out mode, cpio copies files into an archive. It reads a list
-of filenames, one per line, on the standard input, and writes the
-archive onto the standard output. A typical way to generate the list
-of filenames is with the find command; you should give find the -depth
-option to minimize problems with permissions on directories that are
-unreadable.
-@xref{Options}.
-
-@example
-cpio @{-o|--create@} [-0acvABLV] [-C bytes] [-H format]
-[-M message] [-O [[user@@]host:]archive] [-F [[user@@]host:]archive]
-[--file=[[user@@]host:]archive] [--format=format] [--sparse]
-[--message=message][--null] [--reset-access-time] [--verbose]
-[--dot] [--append] [--block-size=blocks] [--dereference]
-[--io-size=bytes] [--help] [--version] < name-list [> archive]
-@end example
-
-@node Copy-in mode, Copy-pass mode, Copy-out mode, Invoking `cpio'
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section Copy-in mode
-
-In copy-in mode, cpio copies files out of an archive or lists the
-archive contents. It reads the archive from the standard input. Any
-non-option command line arguments are shell globbing patterns; only
-files in the archive whose names match one or more of those patterns are
-copied from the archive. Unlike in the shell, an initial `.' in a
-filename does match a wildcard at the start of a pattern, and a `/' in a
-filename can match wildcards. If no patterns are given, all files are
-extracted. @xref{Options}.
-
-@example
-cpio @{-i|--extract@} [-bcdfmnrtsuvBSV] [-C bytes] [-E file]
-[-H format] [-M message] [-R [user][:.][group]]
-[-I [[user@@]host:]archive] [-F [[user@@]host:]archive]
-[--file=[[user@@]host:]archive] [--make-directories]
-[--nonmatching] [--preserve-modification-time]
-[--numeric-uid-gid] [--rename] [--list] [--swap-bytes] [--swap]
-[--dot] [--unconditional] [--verbose] [--block-size=blocks]
-[--swap-halfwords] [--io-size=bytes] [--pattern-file=file]
-[--format=format] [--owner=[user][:.][group]]
-[--no- preserve-owner] [--message=message] [--help] [--version]
-[-no-abosolute-filenames] [-only-verify-crc] [-quiet]
-[pattern...] [< archive]
-@end example
-
-@node Copy-pass mode, Options, Copy-in mode, Invoking `cpio'
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section Copy-pass mode
-
-In copy-pass mode, cpio copies files from one directory tree to
-another, combining the copy-out and copy-in steps without actually
-using an archive. It reads the list of files to copy from the
-standard input; the directory into which it will copy them is given as
-a non-option argument.
-@xref{Options}.
-
-@example
-cpio @{-p|--pass-through@} [-0adlmuvLV] [-R [user][:.][group]]
-[--null] [--reset-access-time] [--make-directories] [--link]
-[--preserve-modification-time] [--unconditional] [--verbose]
-[--dot] [--dereference] [--owner=[user][:.][group]] [--sparse]
-[--no-preserve-owner] [--help] [--version] destination-directory
-< name-list
-@end example
-
-
-
-@node Options, , Copy-pass mode, Invoking `cpio'
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section Options
-
-
-@table @code
-
-
-@item -0, --null
-Read a list of filenames terminated by a null character, instead of a
-newline, so that files whose names contain newlines can be archived.
-GNU find is one way to produce a list of null-terminated filenames.
-This option may be used in copy-out and copy-pass modes.
-
-@item -a, --reset-access-time
-Reset the access times of files after reading them, so
-that it does not look like they have just been read.
-
-@item -A, --append
-Append to an existing archive. Only works in copy-out
-mode. The archive must be a disk file specified with
-the -O or -F (--file) option.
-
-@item -b, --swap
-Swap both halfwords of words and bytes of halfwords in the data.
-Equivalent to -sS. This option may be used in copy-in mode. Use this
-option to convert 32-bit integers between big-endian and little-endian
-machines.
-
-@item -B
-Set the I/O block size to 5120 bytes. Initially the
-block size is 512 bytes.
-
-@item --block-size=BLOCK-SIZE
-Set the I/O block size to BLOCK-SIZE * 512 bytes.
-
-@item -c
-Use the old portable (ASCII) archive format.
-
-@item -C IO-SIZE, --io-size=IO-SIZE
-Set the I/O block size to IO-SIZE bytes.
-
-@item -d, --make-directories
-Create leading directories where needed.
-
-@item -E FILE, --pattern-file=FILE
-Read additional patterns specifying filenames to extract or list from
-FILE. The lines of FILE are treated as if they had been non-option
-arguments to cpio. This option is used in copy-in mode,
-
-@item -f, --nonmatching
-Only copy files that do not match any of the given
-patterns.
-
-@item -F, --file=archive
-Archive filename to use instead of standard input or output. To use a
-tape drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename that starts
-with `HOSTNAME:'. The hostname can be preceded by a username and an
-`@@' to access the remote tape drive as that user, if you have
-permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's `~/.rhosts'
-file).
-
-@item --force-local
-With -F, -I, or -O, take the archive file name to be a
-local file even if it contains a colon, which would
-ordinarily indicate a remote host name.
-
-@item -H FORMAT, --format=FORMAT
-Use archive format FORMAT. The valid formats are listed below; the same
-names are also recognized in all-caps. The default in copy-in mode is
-to automatically detect the archive format, and in copy-out mode is
-@samp{bin}.
-
-@table @samp
-@item bin
-The obsolete binary format.
-
-@item odc
-The old (POSIX.1) portable format.
-
-@item newc
-The new (SVR4) portable format, which supports file systems having more
-than 65536 i-nodes.
-
-@item crc
-The new (SVR4) portable format with a checksum added.
-
-@item tar
-The old tar format.
-
-@item ustar
-The POSIX.1 tar format. Also recognizes GNU tar archives, which are
-similar but not identical.
-
-@item hpbin
-The obsolete binary format used by HPUX's cpio (which stores device
-files differently).
-
-@item hpodc
-The portable format used by HPUX's cpio (which stores device files
-differently).
-@end table
-
-@item -i, --extract
-Run in copy-in mode.
-@xref{Copy-in mode}.
-
-@item -I archive
-Archive filename to use instead of standard input. To use a tape drive
-on another machine as the archive, use a filename that starts with
-`HOSTNAME:'. The hostname can be preceded by a username and an `@@' to
-access the remote tape drive as that user, if you have permission to do
-so (typically an entry in that user's `~/.rhosts' file).
-
-@item -k
-Ignored; for compatibility with other versions of cpio.
-
-@item -l, --link
-Link files instead of copying them, when possible.
-
-@item -L, --dereference
-Copy the file that a symbolic link points to, rather than the symbolic
-link itself.
-
-@item -m, --preserve-modification-time
-Retain previous file modification times when creating files.
-
-@item -M MESSAGE, --message=MESSAGE
-Print MESSAGE when the end of a volume of the backup media (such as a
-tape or a floppy disk) is reached, to prompt the user to insert a new
-volume. If MESSAGE contains the string "%d", it is replaced by the
-current volume number (starting at 1).
-
-@item -n, --numeric-uid-gid
-Show numeric UID and GID instead of translating them into names when using the
-@samp{--verbose option}.
-
-@item --no-absolute-filenames
-Create all files relative to the current directory in copy-in mode, even
-if they have an absolute file name in the archive.
-
-@item --no-preserve-owner
-Do not change the ownership of the files; leave them owned by the user
-extracting them. This is the default for non-root users, so that users
-on System V don't inadvertantly give away files. This option can be
-used in copy-in mode and copy-pass mode
-
-@item -o, --create
-Run in copy-out mode.
-@xref{Copy-out mode}.
-
-@item -O archive
-Archive filename to use instead of standard output. To use a tape drive
-on another machine as the archive, use a filename that starts with
-`HOSTNAME:'. The hostname can be preceded by a username and an `@@' to
-access the remote tape drive as that user, if you have permission to do
-so (typically an entry in that user's `~/.rhosts' file).
-
-@item --only-verify-crc
-Verify the CRC's of each file in the archive, when reading a CRC format
-archive. Don't actually extract the files.
-
-@item -p, --pass-through
-Run in copy-pass mode.
-@xref{Copy-pass mode}.
-
-@item --quiet
-Do not print the number of blocks copied.
-
-@item -r, --rename
-Interactively rename files.
-
-@item -R [user][:.][group], --owner [user][:.][group]
-Set the ownership of all files created to the specified user and/or
-group in copy-out and copy-pass modes. Either the user, the group, or
-both, must be present. If the group is omitted but the ":" or "."
-separator is given, use the given user's login group. Only the
-super-user can change files' ownership.
-
-@item -s, --swap-bytes
-Swap the bytes of each halfword (pair of bytes) in the files.This option
-can be used in copy-in mode.
-
-@item -S, --swap-halfwords
-Swap the halfwords of each word (4 bytes) in the files. This option may
-be used in copy-in mode.
-
-@item --sparse
-Write files with large blocks of zeros as sparse files. This option is
-used in copy-out and copy-pass modes.
-
-@item -t, --list
-Print a table of contents of the input.
-
-@item -u, --unconditional
-Replace all files, without asking whether to replace
-existing newer files with older files.
-
-@item -v, --verbose
-List the files processed, or with @samp{-t}, give an @samp{ls -l} style
-table of contents listing. In a verbose table of contents of a ustar
-archive, user and group names in the archive that do not exist on the
-local system are replaced by the names that correspond locally to the
-numeric UID and GID stored in the archive.
-
-@item -V --dot
-Print a @kbd{.} for each file processed.
-
-@item --version
-Print the cpio program version number and exit.
-@end table
-
-
-@node Media, Concept Index, Invoking `cpio', Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Magnetic Media
-@cindex magnetic media
-
-Archives are usually written on removable media--tape cartridges, mag
-tapes, or floppy disks.
-
-The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
-but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
-holds 40 megabytes of data when formated at 1600 bits per inch. The
-physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
-
-Magnetic media are re-usable--once the archive on a tape is no longer
-needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over. Media
-quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks should
-be disgarded when they begin to produce data errors.
-
-Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and should
-be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data. Sticking
-a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably not a good
-idea.
-
-
-@node Concept Index, , Media, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@unnumbered Concept Index
-@printindex cp
-@contents
-@bye
+++ /dev/null
-/* Extended cpio header from POSIX.1.
- Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
-#ifndef _CPIOHDR_H
-
-#define _CPIOHDR_H 1
-
-#include <cpio.h>
-
-struct old_cpio_header
-{
- unsigned short c_magic;
- short c_dev;
- unsigned short c_ino;
- unsigned short c_mode;
- unsigned short c_uid;
- unsigned short c_gid;
- unsigned short c_nlink;
- short c_rdev;
- unsigned short c_mtimes[2];
- unsigned short c_namesize;
- unsigned short c_filesizes[2];
- unsigned long c_mtime; /* Long-aligned copy of `c_mtimes'. */
- unsigned long c_filesize; /* Long-aligned copy of `c_filesizes'. */
- char *c_name;
-};
-
-/* "New" portable format and CRC format:
-
- Each file has a 110 byte header,
- a variable length, NUL terminated filename,
- and variable length file data.
- A header for a filename "TRAILER!!!" indicates the end of the archive. */
-
-/* All the fields in the header are ISO 646 (approximately ASCII) strings
- of hexadecimal numbers, left padded, not NUL terminated.
-
- Field Name Length in Bytes Notes
- c_magic 6 "070701" for "new" portable format
- "070702" for CRC format
- c_ino 8
- c_mode 8
- c_uid 8
- c_gid 8
- c_nlink 8
- c_mtime 8
- c_filesize 8 must be 0 for FIFOs and directories
- c_maj 8
- c_min 8
- c_rmaj 8 only valid for chr and blk special files
- c_rmin 8 only valid for chr and blk special files
- c_namesize 8 count includes terminating NUL in pathname
- c_chksum 8 0 for "new" portable format; for CRC format
- the sum of all the bytes in the file */
-
-struct new_cpio_header
-{
- unsigned short c_magic;
- unsigned long c_ino;
- unsigned long c_mode;
- unsigned long c_uid;
- unsigned long c_gid;
- unsigned long c_nlink;
- unsigned long c_mtime;
- unsigned long c_filesize;
- long c_dev_maj;
- long c_dev_min;
- long c_rdev_maj;
- long c_rdev_min;
- unsigned long c_namesize;
- unsigned long c_chksum;
- char *c_name;
- char *c_tar_linkname;
-};
-
-#endif /* cpiohdr.h */
+++ /dev/null
-/* defer.c - handle "defered" links in newc and crc archives
- Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include "system.h"
-#include "cpiohdr.h"
-#include "extern.h"
-#include "defer.h"
-
-struct deferment *
-create_deferment (file_hdr)
- struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
-{
- struct deferment *d;
- d = (struct deferment *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct deferment) );
- d->header = *file_hdr;
- d->header.c_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (file_hdr->c_name) + 1);
- strcpy (d->header.c_name, file_hdr->c_name);
- return d;
-}
-
-void
-free_deferment (d)
- struct deferment *d;
-{
- free (d->header.c_name);
- free (d);
-}
+++ /dev/null
-struct deferment
- {
- struct deferment *next;
- struct new_cpio_header header;
- };
-
-struct deferment *create_deferment P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr));
-void free_deferment P_((struct deferment *d));
+++ /dev/null
-/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
- Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *malloc ();
-#endif
-#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
-#include <string.h>
-#else
-#include <strings.h>
-#ifndef strrchr
-#define strrchr rindex
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
- allocated with malloc. If out of memory, return 0.
- Assumes that trailing slashes have already been
- removed. */
-
-char *
-dirname (path)
- char *path;
-{
- char *newpath;
- char *slash;
- int length; /* Length of result, not including NUL. */
-
- slash = strrchr (path, '/');
- if (slash == 0)
- {
- /* File is in the current directory. */
- path = ".";
- length = 1;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Remove any trailing slashes from the result. */
- while (slash > path && *slash == '/')
- --slash;
-
- length = slash - path + 1;
- }
- newpath = (char *) malloc (length + 1);
- if (newpath == 0)
- return 0;
- strncpy (newpath, path, length);
- newpath[length] = 0;
- return newpath;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* dstring.c - The dynamic string handling routines used by cpio.
- Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#if defined(HAVE_STRING_H) || defined(STDC_HEADERS)
-#include <string.h>
-#else
-#include <strings.h>
-#endif
-#include "dstring.h"
-
-#if __STDC__
-# define P_(s) s
-#else
-# define P_(s) ()
-#endif
-char *xmalloc P_((unsigned n));
-char *xrealloc P_((char *p, unsigned n));
-
-/* Initialiaze dynamic string STRING with space for SIZE characters. */
-
-void
-ds_init (string, size)
- dynamic_string *string;
- int size;
-{
- string->ds_length = size;
- string->ds_string = (char *) xmalloc (size);
-}
-
-/* Expand dynamic string STRING, if necessary, to hold SIZE characters. */
-
-void
-ds_resize (string, size)
- dynamic_string *string;
- int size;
-{
- if (size > string->ds_length)
- {
- string->ds_length = size;
- string->ds_string = (char *) xrealloc ((char *) string->ds_string, size);
- }
-}
-
-/* Dynamic string S gets a string terminated by the EOS character
- (which is removed) from file F. S will increase
- in size during the function if the string from F is longer than
- the current size of S.
- Return NULL if end of file is detected. Otherwise,
- Return a pointer to the null-terminated string in S. */
-
-char *
-ds_fgetstr (f, s, eos)
- FILE *f;
- dynamic_string *s;
- char eos;
-{
- int insize; /* Amount needed for line. */
- int strsize; /* Amount allocated for S. */
- int next_ch;
-
- /* Initialize. */
- insize = 0;
- strsize = s->ds_length;
-
- /* Read the input string. */
- next_ch = getc (f);
- while (next_ch != eos && next_ch != EOF)
- {
- if (insize >= strsize - 1)
- {
- ds_resize (s, strsize * 2 + 2);
- strsize = s->ds_length;
- }
- s->ds_string[insize++] = next_ch;
- next_ch = getc (f);
- }
- s->ds_string[insize++] = '\0';
-
- if (insize == 1 && next_ch == EOF)
- return NULL;
- else
- return s->ds_string;
-}
-
-char *
-ds_fgets (f, s)
- FILE *f;
- dynamic_string *s;
-{
- return ds_fgetstr (f, s, '\n');
-}
-
-char *
-ds_fgetname (f, s)
- FILE *f;
- dynamic_string *s;
-{
- return ds_fgetstr (f, s, '\0');
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* dstring.h - Dynamic string handling include file. Requires strings.h.
- Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
-#ifndef NULL
-#define NULL 0
-#endif
-
-/* A dynamic string consists of record that records the size of an
- allocated string and the pointer to that string. The actual string
- is a normal zero byte terminated string that can be used with the
- usual string functions. The major difference is that the
- dynamic_string routines know how to get more space if it is needed
- by allocating new space and copying the current string. */
-
-typedef struct
-{
- int ds_length; /* Actual amount of storage allocated. */
- char *ds_string; /* String. */
-} dynamic_string;
-
-
-/* Macros that look similar to the original string functions.
- WARNING: These macros work only on pointers to dynamic string records.
- If used with a real record, an "&" must be used to get the pointer. */
-#define ds_strlen(s) strlen ((s)->ds_string)
-#define ds_strcmp(s1, s2) strcmp ((s1)->ds_string, (s2)->ds_string)
-#define ds_strncmp(s1, s2, n) strncmp ((s1)->ds_string, (s2)->ds_string, n)
-#define ds_index(s, c) index ((s)->ds_string, c)
-#define ds_rindex(s, c) rindex ((s)->ds_string, c)
-
-void ds_init ();
-void ds_resize ();
-char *ds_fgetname ();
-char *ds_fgets ();
-char *ds_fgetstr ();
+++ /dev/null
-/* error.c -- error handler for noninteractive utilities
- Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
-# if __STDC__
-# include <stdarg.h>
-# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
-# else
-# include <varargs.h>
-# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
-# endif
-#else
-# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
-# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
-#endif
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-void exit ();
-#endif
-
-/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called. */
-unsigned int error_message_count;
-
-/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
- name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this
- function without parameters instead. */
-void (*error_print_progname) () = NULL;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-#define program_name program_invocation_name
-#endif
-
-/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
- name of the executing program. */
-extern char *program_name;
-
-#if HAVE_STRERROR || _LIBC
-# ifndef strerror /* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
-char *strerror ();
-# endif
-#else
-static char *
-private_strerror (errnum)
- int errnum;
-{
- extern char *sys_errlist[];
- extern int sys_nerr;
-
- if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
- return sys_errlist[errnum];
- return "Unknown system error";
-}
-#define strerror private_strerror
-#endif
-
-/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
- format string with optional args.
- If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
- Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero. */
-/* VARARGS */
-
-void
-#if defined(VA_START) && __STDC__
-error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
-#else
-error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
- int status;
- int errnum;
- char *message;
- va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-#ifdef VA_START
- va_list args;
-#endif
-
- if (error_print_progname)
- (*error_print_progname) ();
- else
- {
- fflush (stdout);
- fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
- }
-
-#ifdef VA_START
- VA_START (args, message);
-# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
- vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
-# else
- _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
-# endif
- va_end (args);
-#else
- fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
-#endif
-
- ++error_message_count;
-
- if (errnum)
- fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
- putc ('\n', stderr);
- fflush (stderr);
- if (status)
- exit (status);
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* extern.h - External declarations for cpio. Requires system.h.
- Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
-enum archive_format
-{
- arf_unknown, arf_binary, arf_oldascii, arf_newascii, arf_crcascii,
- arf_tar, arf_ustar, arf_hpoldascii, arf_hpbinary
-};
-extern enum archive_format archive_format;
-extern int reset_time_flag;
-extern int io_block_size;
-extern int create_dir_flag;
-extern int rename_flag;
-extern char *rename_batch_file;
-extern int table_flag;
-extern int unconditional_flag;
-extern int verbose_flag;
-extern int dot_flag;
-extern int link_flag;
-extern int retain_time_flag;
-extern int crc_i_flag;
-extern int append_flag;
-extern int swap_bytes_flag;
-extern int swap_halfwords_flag;
-extern int swapping_bytes;
-extern int swapping_halfwords;
-extern int set_owner_flag;
-extern uid_t set_owner;
-extern int set_group_flag;
-extern gid_t set_group;
-extern int no_chown_flag;
-extern int sparse_flag;
-extern int quiet_flag;
-extern int only_verify_crc_flag;
-extern int no_abs_paths_flag;
-
-extern int last_header_start;
-extern int copy_matching_files;
-extern int numeric_uid;
-extern char *pattern_file_name;
-extern char *new_media_message;
-extern char *new_media_message_with_number;
-extern char *new_media_message_after_number;
-extern int archive_des;
-extern char *archive_name;
-extern unsigned long crc;
-#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO
-extern int debug_flag;
-#endif
-
-extern char *input_buffer, *output_buffer;
-extern char *in_buff, *out_buff;
-extern long input_buffer_size;
-extern long input_size, output_size;
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-extern long long input_bytes, output_bytes;
-#else
-extern long input_bytes, output_bytes;
-#endif
-extern char zeros_512[];
-extern char *directory_name;
-extern char **save_patterns;
-extern int num_patterns;
-extern char name_end;
-extern char input_is_special;
-extern char output_is_special;
-extern char input_is_seekable;
-extern char output_is_seekable;
-extern int f_force_local;
-extern char *program_name;
-extern int (*xstat) ();
-extern void (*copy_function) ();
-\f
-#if __STDC__ || defined(__MSDOS__)
-# define P_(s) s
-#else
-# define P_(s) ()
-#endif
-
-/* copyin.c */
-void read_in_header P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des));
-void read_in_old_ascii P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des));
-void read_in_new_ascii P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des));
-void read_in_binary P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des));
-void swab_array P_((char *arg, int count));
-void process_copy_in P_((void));
-void long_format P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, char *link_name));
-void print_name_with_quoting P_((char *p));
-
-/* copyout.c */
-void write_out_header P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int out_des));
-void process_copy_out P_((void));
-
-/* copypass.c */
-void process_copy_pass P_((void));
-int link_to_maj_min_ino P_((char *file_name, int st_dev_maj,
- int st_dev_min, int st_ino));
-int link_to_name P_((char *link_name, char *link_target));
-
-/* dirname.c */
-char *dirname P_((char *path));
-
-/* error.c */
-void error P_((int status, int errnum, char *message, ...));
-
-/* filemode.c */
-void mode_string P_((unsigned int mode, char *str));
-
-/* idcache.c */
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
-char *getgroup ();
-char *getuser ();
-uid_t *getuidbyname ();
-gid_t *getgidbyname ();
-#endif
-
-/* lchown.c */
-#ifdef HAVE_LCHOWN
-int lchown P_((const char *path, uid_t owner, gid_t group));
-#endif
-
-/* main.c */
-void process_args P_((int argc, char *argv[]));
-void initialize_buffers P_((void));
-
-/* makepath.c */
-int make_path P_((char *argpath, int mode, int parent_mode,
- uid_t owner, gid_t group, char *verbose_fmt_string));
-
-/* stripslash.c */
-void strip_trailing_slashes P_((char *path));
-
-/* tar.c */
-void write_out_tar_header P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int out_des));
-int null_block P_((long *block, int size));
-void read_in_tar_header P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des));
-int otoa P_((char *s, unsigned long *n));
-int is_tar_header P_((char *buf));
-int is_tar_filename_too_long P_((char *name));
-
-/* userspec.c */
-#ifndef __MSDOS__
-char *parse_user_spec P_((char *name, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
- char **username, char **groupname));
-#endif
-
-/* util.c */
-void tape_empty_output_buffer P_((int out_des));
-void disk_empty_output_buffer P_((int out_des));
-void swahw_array P_((char *ptr, int count));
-void tape_buffered_write P_((char *in_buf, int out_des, long num_bytes));
-void tape_buffered_read P_((char *in_buf, int in_des, long num_bytes));
-int tape_buffered_peek P_((char *peek_buf, int in_des, int num_bytes));
-void tape_toss_input P_((int in_des, long num_bytes));
-void copy_files_tape_to_disk P_((int in_des, int out_des, long num_bytes));
-void copy_files_disk_to_tape P_((int in_des, int out_des, long num_bytes, char *filename));
-void copy_files_disk_to_disk P_((int in_des, int out_des, long num_bytes, char *filename));
-void create_all_directories P_((char *name));
-void prepare_append P_((int out_file_des));
-char *find_inode_file P_((unsigned long node_num,
- unsigned long major_num, unsigned long minor_num));
-void add_inode P_((unsigned long node_num, char *file_name,
- unsigned long major_num, unsigned long minor_num));
-int open_archive P_((char *file));
-void tape_offline P_((int tape_des));
-void get_next_reel P_((int tape_des));
-void set_new_media_message P_((char *message));
-#if defined(__MSDOS__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
-int chown P_((char *path, int owner, int group));
-#endif
-#ifdef __TURBOC__
-int utime P_((char *filename, struct utimbuf *utb));
-#endif
-#ifdef HPUX_CDF
-char *add_cdf_double_slashes P_((char *filename));
-#endif
-
-/* xmalloc.c */
-char *xmalloc P_((unsigned n));
-char *xrealloc P_((char *p, unsigned n));
-
-/* xstrdup.c */
-char *xstrdup P_((char *string));
-
-#define DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE (512)
+++ /dev/null
-/* filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes
- Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-\f
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
-#if !S_IRUSR
-# if S_IREAD
-# define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
-# else
-# define S_IRUSR 00400
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if !S_IWUSR
-# if S_IWRITE
-# define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE
-# else
-# define S_IWUSR 00200
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if !S_IXUSR
-# if S_IEXEC
-# define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC
-# else
-# define S_IXUSR 00100
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-#undef S_ISBLK
-#undef S_ISCHR
-#undef S_ISDIR
-#undef S_ISFIFO
-#undef S_ISLNK
-#undef S_ISMPB
-#undef S_ISMPC
-#undef S_ISNWK
-#undef S_ISREG
-#undef S_ISSOCK
-#endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN. */
-
-#if !defined(S_ISBLK) && defined(S_IFBLK)
-#define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
-#endif
-#if !defined(S_ISCHR) && defined(S_IFCHR)
-#define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
-#endif
-#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
-#endif
-#if !defined(S_ISREG) && defined(S_IFREG)
-#define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
-#endif
-#if !defined(S_ISFIFO) && defined(S_IFIFO)
-#define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
-#endif
-#if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
-#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
-#endif
-#if !defined(S_ISSOCK) && defined(S_IFSOCK)
-#define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
-#endif
-#if !defined(S_ISMPB) && defined(S_IFMPB) /* V7 */
-#define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
-#define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
-#endif
-#if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX */
-#define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
-#endif
-
-void mode_string ();
-static char ftypelet ();
-static void rwx ();
-static void setst ();
-
-/* filemodestring - fill in string STR with an ls-style ASCII
- representation of the st_mode field of file stats block STATP.
- 10 characters are stored in STR; no terminating null is added.
- The characters stored in STR are:
-
- 0 File type. 'd' for directory, 'c' for character
- special, 'b' for block special, 'm' for multiplex,
- 'l' for symbolic link, 's' for socket, 'p' for fifo,
- '-' for regular, '?' for any other file type
-
- 1 'r' if the owner may read, '-' otherwise.
-
- 2 'w' if the owner may write, '-' otherwise.
-
- 3 'x' if the owner may execute, 's' if the file is
- set-user-id, '-' otherwise.
- 'S' if the file is set-user-id, but the execute
- bit isn't set.
-
- 4 'r' if group members may read, '-' otherwise.
-
- 5 'w' if group members may write, '-' otherwise.
-
- 6 'x' if group members may execute, 's' if the file is
- set-group-id, '-' otherwise.
- 'S' if it is set-group-id but not executable.
-
- 7 'r' if any user may read, '-' otherwise.
-
- 8 'w' if any user may write, '-' otherwise.
-
- 9 'x' if any user may execute, 't' if the file is "sticky"
- (will be retained in swap space after execution), '-'
- otherwise.
- 'T' if the file is sticky but not executable. */
-
-void
-filemodestring (statp, str)
- struct stat *statp;
- char *str;
-{
- mode_string (statp->st_mode, str);
-}
-
-/* Like filemodestring, but only the relevant part of the `struct stat'
- is given as an argument. */
-
-void
-mode_string (mode, str)
- unsigned short mode;
- char *str;
-{
- str[0] = ftypelet ((long) mode);
- rwx ((mode & 0700) << 0, &str[1]);
- rwx ((mode & 0070) << 3, &str[4]);
- rwx ((mode & 0007) << 6, &str[7]);
- setst (mode, str);
-}
-
-/* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
- file mode BITS:
- 'd' for directories
- 'b' for block special files
- 'c' for character special files
- 'm' for multiplexor files
- 'l' for symbolic links
- 's' for sockets
- 'p' for fifos
- '-' for regular files
- '?' for any other file type. */
-
-static char
-ftypelet (bits)
- long bits;
-{
-#ifdef S_ISBLK
- if (S_ISBLK (bits))
- return 'b';
-#endif
- if (S_ISCHR (bits))
- return 'c';
- if (S_ISDIR (bits))
- return 'd';
- if (S_ISREG (bits))
- return '-';
-#ifdef S_ISFIFO
- if (S_ISFIFO (bits))
- return 'p';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISLNK
- if (S_ISLNK (bits))
- return 'l';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISSOCK
- if (S_ISSOCK (bits))
- return 's';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISMPC
- if (S_ISMPC (bits))
- return 'm';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISNWK
- if (S_ISNWK (bits))
- return 'n';
-#endif
- return '?';
-}
-
-/* Look at read, write, and execute bits in BITS and set
- flags in CHARS accordingly. */
-
-static void
-rwx (bits, chars)
- unsigned short bits;
- char *chars;
-{
- chars[0] = (bits & S_IRUSR) ? 'r' : '-';
- chars[1] = (bits & S_IWUSR) ? 'w' : '-';
- chars[2] = (bits & S_IXUSR) ? 'x' : '-';
-}
-
-/* Set the 's' and 't' flags in file attributes string CHARS,
- according to the file mode BITS. */
-
-static void
-setst (bits, chars)
- unsigned short bits;
- char *chars;
-{
-#ifdef S_ISUID
- if (bits & S_ISUID)
- {
- if (chars[3] != 'x')
- /* Set-uid, but not executable by owner. */
- chars[3] = 'S';
- else
- chars[3] = 's';
- }
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISGID
- if (bits & S_ISGID)
- {
- if (chars[6] != 'x')
- /* Set-gid, but not executable by group. */
- chars[6] = 'S';
- else
- chars[6] = 's';
- }
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISVTX
- if (bits & S_ISVTX)
- {
- if (chars[9] != 'x')
- /* Sticky, but not executable by others. */
- chars[9] = 'T';
- else
- chars[9] = 't';
- }
-#endif
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* filetypes.h - deal with POSIX annoyances
- Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
-/* Include sys/types.h and sys/stat.h before this file. */
-
-#ifndef S_ISREG /* Doesn't have POSIX.1 stat stuff. */
-#define mode_t unsigned short
-#endif
-
-/* Define the POSIX macros for systems that lack them. */
-#if !defined(S_ISBLK) && defined(S_IFBLK)
-#define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
-#endif
-#if !defined(S_ISCHR) && defined(S_IFCHR)
-#define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
-#endif
-#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
-#endif
-#if !defined(S_ISREG) && defined(S_IFREG)
-#define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
-#endif
-#if !defined(S_ISFIFO) && defined(S_IFIFO)
-#define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
-#endif
-#if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
-#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
-#endif
-#if !defined(S_ISSOCK) && defined(S_IFSOCK)
-#define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
-#endif
-#if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX network special */
-#define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
-#endif
-
-/* Define the file type bits used in cpio archives.
- They have the same values as the S_IF bits in traditional Unix. */
-
-#define CP_IFMT 0170000 /* Mask for all file type bits. */
-
-#if defined(S_ISBLK)
-#define CP_IFBLK 0060000
-#endif
-#if defined(S_ISCHR)
-#define CP_IFCHR 0020000
-#endif
-#if defined(S_ISDIR)
-#define CP_IFDIR 0040000
-#endif
-#if defined(S_ISREG)
-#define CP_IFREG 0100000
-#endif
-#if defined(S_ISFIFO)
-#define CP_IFIFO 0010000
-#endif
-#if defined(S_ISLNK)
-#define CP_IFLNK 0120000
-#endif
-#if defined(S_ISSOCK)
-#define CP_IFSOCK 0140000
-#endif
-#if defined(S_ISNWK)
-#define CP_IFNWK 0110000
-#endif
-
-#ifndef S_ISLNK
-#define lstat stat
-#endif
-int lstat ();
-int stat ();
+++ /dev/null
-/* Getopt for GNU.
- NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
- "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
- before changing it!
-
- Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95
- Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
- Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
- later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-\f
-/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
- Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>. */
-#ifndef _NO_PROTO
-#define _NO_PROTO
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
-/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
- reject `defined (const)'. */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
- actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C
- Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
- and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
- (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
- program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
- it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
-
-#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
-
-
-/* This needs to come after some library #include
- to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
- contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif /* GNU C library. */
-
-#ifndef _
-/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
- When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined. */
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
-# include <libintl.h>
-# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
-#else
-# define _(msgid) (msgid)
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
- but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
- to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
-
- As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
- when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus
- all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
-
- Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
- Then the behavior is completely standard.
-
- GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
- they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */
-
-#include "getopt.h"
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
- When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
- the argument value is returned here.
- Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
- each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
-
-char *optarg = NULL;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
- This is used for communication to and from the caller
- and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
- On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
- When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
- non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
- Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
- how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
-
-/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */
-int optind = 0;
-
-/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
- in which the last option character we returned was found.
- This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
-
- If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
- by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */
-
-static char *nextchar;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
- for unrecognized options. */
-
-int opterr = 1;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
- This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
- system's own getopt implementation. */
-
-int optopt = '?';
-
-/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
-
- If the caller did not specify anything,
- the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
- POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
-
- REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
- stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
- This is what Unix does.
- This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
- variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
- of the list of option characters.
-
- PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan,
- so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options
- to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to
- expect this.
-
- RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written
- to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
- the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element
- as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.
- Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters
- selects this mode of operation.
-
- The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
- of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
- `--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC. */
-
-static enum
-{
- REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
-} ordering;
-
-/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable. */
-static char *posixly_correct;
-\f
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
- because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
- On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
- in GCC. */
-#include <string.h>
-#define my_index strchr
-#else
-
-/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
- whose names are inconsistent. */
-
-char *getenv ();
-
-static char *
-my_index (str, chr)
- const char *str;
- int chr;
-{
- while (*str)
- {
- if (*str == chr)
- return (char *) str;
- str++;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way.
- If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
- That was relevant to code that was here before. */
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
-/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
- and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */
-extern int strlen (const char *);
-#endif /* not __STDC__ */
-#endif /* __GNUC__ */
-
-#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-\f
-/* Handle permutation of arguments. */
-
-/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
- been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them;
- `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */
-
-static int first_nonopt;
-static int last_nonopt;
-
-/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
- One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
- which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
- The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
- the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
-
- `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
- the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */
-
-static void
-exchange (argv)
- char **argv;
-{
- int bottom = first_nonopt;
- int middle = last_nonopt;
- int top = optind;
- char *tem;
-
- /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
- That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
- It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
- but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */
-
- while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
- {
- if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
- {
- /* Bottom segment is the short one. */
- int len = middle - bottom;
- register int i;
-
- /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */
- for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
- {
- tem = argv[bottom + i];
- argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
- argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
- }
- /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */
- top -= len;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Top segment is the short one. */
- int len = top - middle;
- register int i;
-
- /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */
- for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
- {
- tem = argv[bottom + i];
- argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
- argv[middle + i] = tem;
- }
- /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */
- bottom += len;
- }
- }
-
- /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */
-
- first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt);
- last_nonopt = optind;
-}
-
-/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */
-
-static const char *
-_getopt_initialize (optstring)
- const char *optstring;
-{
- /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
- is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
- non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */
-
- first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1;
-
- nextchar = NULL;
-
- posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
-
- /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */
-
- if (optstring[0] == '-')
- {
- ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
- ++optstring;
- }
- else if (optstring[0] == '+')
- {
- ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
- ++optstring;
- }
- else if (posixly_correct != NULL)
- ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
- else
- ordering = PERMUTE;
-
- return optstring;
-}
-\f
-/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
- given in OPTSTRING.
-
- If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
- then it is an option element. The characters of this element
- (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt'
- is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
- from each of the option elements.
-
- If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
- updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
- resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
-
- If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'.
- Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
- that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
- so that those that are not options now come last.)
-
- OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
- If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
- return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to
- zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
-
- If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
- so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
- ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that
- wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
- it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
-
- If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
- handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
- See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
-
- Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
- Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
- or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an
- argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
- from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
- When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
- `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
- if the `flag' field is zero.
-
- The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
- But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
- with other systems.
-
- LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
- element containing a name which is zero.
-
- LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
- It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
- recent call.
-
- If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
- long-named options. */
-
-int
-_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
- int argc;
- char *const *argv;
- const char *optstring;
- const struct option *longopts;
- int *longind;
- int long_only;
-{
- optarg = NULL;
-
- if (optind == 0)
- {
- optstring = _getopt_initialize (optstring);
- optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */
- }
-
- if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
- {
- /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */
-
- if (ordering == PERMUTE)
- {
- /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
- exchange them so that the options come first. */
-
- if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
- exchange ((char **) argv);
- else if (last_nonopt != optind)
- first_nonopt = optind;
-
- /* Skip any additional non-options
- and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */
-
- while (optind < argc
- && (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
- optind++;
- last_nonopt = optind;
- }
-
- /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
- Skip it like a null option,
- then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
- then skip everything else like a non-option. */
-
- if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--"))
- {
- optind++;
-
- if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
- exchange ((char **) argv);
- else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt)
- first_nonopt = optind;
- last_nonopt = argc;
-
- optind = argc;
- }
-
- /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
- and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */
-
- if (optind == argc)
- {
- /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
- that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */
- if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
- optind = first_nonopt;
- return EOF;
- }
-
- /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
- either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */
-
- if ((argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
- {
- if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
- return EOF;
- optarg = argv[optind++];
- return 1;
- }
-
- /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
- Skip the initial punctuation. */
-
- nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1
- + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-'));
- }
-
- /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */
-
- /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
-
- If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
- a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
- a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no
- way to give the -f short option.
-
- On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
- the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
- the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
-
- This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */
-
- if (longopts != NULL
- && (argv[optind][1] == '-'
- || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
- {
- char *nameend;
- const struct option *p;
- const struct option *pfound = NULL;
- int exact = 0;
- int ambig = 0;
- int indfound;
- int option_index;
-
- for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
- /* Do nothing. */ ;
-
- /* Test all long options for either exact match
- or abbreviated matches. */
- for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
- if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
- {
- if (nameend - nextchar == strlen (p->name))
- {
- /* Exact match found. */
- pfound = p;
- indfound = option_index;
- exact = 1;
- break;
- }
- else if (pfound == NULL)
- {
- /* First nonexact match found. */
- pfound = p;
- indfound = option_index;
- }
- else
- /* Second or later nonexact match found. */
- ambig = 1;
- }
-
- if (ambig && !exact)
- {
- if (opterr)
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
- argv[0], argv[optind]);
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
- optind++;
- return '?';
- }
-
- if (pfound != NULL)
- {
- option_index = indfound;
- optind++;
- if (*nameend)
- {
- /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
- allow it to be used on enums. */
- if (pfound->has_arg)
- optarg = nameend + 1;
- else
- {
- if (opterr)
- if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
- /* --option */
- fprintf (stderr,
- _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
- argv[0], pfound->name);
- else
- /* +option or -option */
- fprintf (stderr,
- _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
- argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
-
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
- return '?';
- }
- }
- else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
- {
- if (optind < argc)
- optarg = argv[optind++];
- else
- {
- if (opterr)
- fprintf (stderr,
- _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
- argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
- return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
- }
- }
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
- if (longind != NULL)
- *longind = option_index;
- if (pfound->flag)
- {
- *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
- return 0;
- }
- return pfound->val;
- }
-
- /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only,
- or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
- option, then it's an error.
- Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */
- if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
- || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
- {
- if (opterr)
- {
- if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
- /* --option */
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
- argv[0], nextchar);
- else
- /* +option or -option */
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
- argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
- }
- nextchar = (char *) "";
- optind++;
- return '?';
- }
- }
-
- /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */
-
- {
- char c = *nextchar++;
- char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
-
- /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */
- if (*nextchar == '\0')
- ++optind;
-
- if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
- {
- if (opterr)
- {
- if (posixly_correct)
- /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"),
- argv[0], c);
- else
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"),
- argv[0], c);
- }
- optopt = c;
- return '?';
- }
- if (temp[1] == ':')
- {
- if (temp[2] == ':')
- {
- /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */
- if (*nextchar != '\0')
- {
- optarg = nextchar;
- optind++;
- }
- else
- optarg = NULL;
- nextchar = NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- /* This is an option that requires an argument. */
- if (*nextchar != '\0')
- {
- optarg = nextchar;
- /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
- we must advance to the next element now. */
- optind++;
- }
- else if (optind == argc)
- {
- if (opterr)
- {
- /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
- fprintf (stderr,
- _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
- argv[0], c);
- }
- optopt = c;
- if (optstring[0] == ':')
- c = ':';
- else
- c = '?';
- }
- else
- /* We already incremented `optind' once;
- increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */
- optarg = argv[optind++];
- nextchar = NULL;
- }
- }
- return c;
- }
-}
-
-int
-getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
- int argc;
- char *const *argv;
- const char *optstring;
-{
- return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
- (const struct option *) 0,
- (int *) 0,
- 0);
-}
-
-#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */
-\f
-#ifdef TEST
-
-/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
- the above definition of `getopt'. */
-
-int
-main (argc, argv)
- int argc;
- char **argv;
-{
- int c;
- int digit_optind = 0;
-
- while (1)
- {
- int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
-
- c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
- if (c == EOF)
- break;
-
- switch (c)
- {
- case '0':
- case '1':
- case '2':
- case '3':
- case '4':
- case '5':
- case '6':
- case '7':
- case '8':
- case '9':
- if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
- printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
- digit_optind = this_option_optind;
- printf ("option %c\n", c);
- break;
-
- case 'a':
- printf ("option a\n");
- break;
-
- case 'b':
- printf ("option b\n");
- break;
-
- case 'c':
- printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
- break;
-
- case '?':
- break;
-
- default:
- printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
- }
- }
-
- if (optind < argc)
- {
- printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
- while (optind < argc)
- printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
- printf ("\n");
- }
-
- exit (0);
-}
-
-#endif /* TEST */
+++ /dev/null
-/* Declarations for getopt.
- Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
- Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
- later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
-#ifndef _GETOPT_H
-#define _GETOPT_H 1
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
- When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
- the argument value is returned here.
- Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
- each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
-
-extern char *optarg;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
- This is used for communication to and from the caller
- and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
- On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
- When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
- non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
- Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
- how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
-
-extern int optind;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
- for unrecognized options. */
-
-extern int opterr;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */
-
-extern int optopt;
-
-/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
- The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
- of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
- zero.
-
- The field `has_arg' is:
- no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
- required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
- optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
-
- If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
- to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
- left unchanged if the option is not found.
-
- To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
- a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
- option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
- value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
- one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
- returns the contents of the `val' field. */
-
-struct option
-{
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
- const char *name;
-#else
- char *name;
-#endif
- /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
- type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */
- int has_arg;
- int *flag;
- int val;
-};
-
-/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */
-
-#define no_argument 0
-#define required_argument 1
-#define optional_argument 2
-
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
- differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation
- errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */
-extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
-#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt ();
-#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
- const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
- const char *shortopts,
- const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-
-/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */
-extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
- const char *shortopts,
- const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
- int long_only);
-#else /* not __STDC__ */
-extern int getopt ();
-extern int getopt_long ();
-extern int getopt_long_only ();
-
-extern int _getopt_internal ();
-#endif /* __STDC__ */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _GETOPT_H */
+++ /dev/null
-/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
- Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993, 1994
- Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
- Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
- later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-\f
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "getopt.h"
-
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
-/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
- reject `defined (const)'. */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
- actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C
- Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
- and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
- (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
- program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
- it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
-
-#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
-
-
-/* This needs to come after some library #include
- to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *getenv ();
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NULL
-#define NULL 0
-#endif
-
-int
-getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
- int argc;
- char *const *argv;
- const char *options;
- const struct option *long_options;
- int *opt_index;
-{
- return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
-}
-
-/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
- If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
- but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
- instead. */
-
-int
-getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
- int argc;
- char *const *argv;
- const char *options;
- const struct option *long_options;
- int *opt_index;
-{
- return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
-}
-
-
-#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */
-\f
-#ifdef TEST
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-int
-main (argc, argv)
- int argc;
- char **argv;
-{
- int c;
- int digit_optind = 0;
-
- while (1)
- {
- int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
- int option_index = 0;
- static struct option long_options[] =
- {
- {"add", 1, 0, 0},
- {"append", 0, 0, 0},
- {"delete", 1, 0, 0},
- {"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
- {"create", 0, 0, 0},
- {"file", 1, 0, 0},
- {0, 0, 0, 0}
- };
-
- c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
- long_options, &option_index);
- if (c == EOF)
- break;
-
- switch (c)
- {
- case 0:
- printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
- if (optarg)
- printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
- printf ("\n");
- break;
-
- case '0':
- case '1':
- case '2':
- case '3':
- case '4':
- case '5':
- case '6':
- case '7':
- case '8':
- case '9':
- if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
- printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
- digit_optind = this_option_optind;
- printf ("option %c\n", c);
- break;
-
- case 'a':
- printf ("option a\n");
- break;
-
- case 'b':
- printf ("option b\n");
- break;
-
- case 'c':
- printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
- break;
-
- case 'd':
- printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
- break;
-
- case '?':
- break;
-
- default:
- printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
- }
- }
-
- if (optind < argc)
- {
- printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
- while (optind < argc)
- printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
- printf ("\n");
- }
-
- exit (0);
-}
-
-#endif /* TEST */
+++ /dev/null
-/* global.c - global variables and initial values for cpio.
- Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include "cpiohdr.h"
-#include "dstring.h"
-#include "system.h"
-#include "extern.h"
-
-/* If TRUE, reset access times after reading files (-a). */
-int reset_time_flag = FALSE;
-
-/* Block size value, initially 512. -B sets to 5120. */
-int io_block_size = 512;
-
-/* The header format to recognize and produce. */
-enum archive_format archive_format = arf_unknown;
-
-/* If TRUE, create directories as needed. (-d with -i or -p) */
-int create_dir_flag = FALSE;
-
-/* If TRUE, interactively rename files. (-r) */
-int rename_flag = FALSE;
-
-/* If non-NULL, the name of a file that will be read to
- rename all of the files in the archive. --rename-batch-file. */
-char *rename_batch_file = NULL;
-
-/* If TRUE, print a table of contents of input. (-t) */
-int table_flag = FALSE;
-
-/* If TRUE, copy unconditionally (older replaces newer). (-u) */
-int unconditional_flag = FALSE;
-
-/* If TRUE, list the files processed, or ls -l style output with -t. (-v) */
-int verbose_flag = FALSE;
-
-/* If TRUE, print a . for each file processed. (-V) */
-int dot_flag = FALSE;
-
-/* If TRUE, link files whenever possible. Used with -p option. (-l) */
-int link_flag = FALSE;
-
-/* If TRUE, retain previous file modification time. (-m) */
-int retain_time_flag = FALSE;
-
-/* Set TRUE if crc_flag is TRUE and we are doing a cpio -i. Used
- by copy_files so it knows whether to compute the crc. */
-int crc_i_flag = FALSE;
-
-/* If TRUE, append to end of archive. (-A) */
-int append_flag = FALSE;
-
-/* If TRUE, swap bytes of each file during cpio -i. */
-int swap_bytes_flag = FALSE;
-
-/* If TRUE, swap halfwords of each file during cpio -i. */
-int swap_halfwords_flag = FALSE;
-
-/* If TRUE, we are swapping halfwords on the current file. */
-int swapping_halfwords = FALSE;
-
-/* If TRUE, we are swapping bytes on the current file. */
-int swapping_bytes = FALSE;
-
-/* If TRUE, set ownership of all files to UID `set_owner'. */
-int set_owner_flag = FALSE;
-uid_t set_owner;
-
-/* If TRUE, set group ownership of all files to GID `set_group'. */
-int set_group_flag = FALSE;
-gid_t set_group;
-
-/* If TRUE, do not chown the files. */
-int no_chown_flag = FALSE;
-
-/* If TRUE, try to write sparse ("holey") files. */
-int sparse_flag = FALSE;
-
-/* If TRUE, don't report number of blocks copied. */
-int quiet_flag = FALSE;
-
-/* If TRUE, only read the archive and verify the files' CRC's, don't
- actually extract the files. */
-int only_verify_crc_flag = FALSE;
-
-/* If TRUE, don't use any absolute paths, prefix them by `./'. */
-int no_abs_paths_flag = FALSE;
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO
-/* If TRUE, print debugging information. */
-int debug_flag = FALSE;
-#endif
-
-/* File position of last header read. Only used during -A to determine
- where the old TRAILER!!! record started. */
-int last_header_start = 0;
-
-/* With -i; if TRUE, copy only files that match any of the given patterns;
- if FALSE, copy only files that do not match any of the patterns. (-f) */
-int copy_matching_files = TRUE;
-
-/* With -itv; if TRUE, list numeric uid and gid instead of translating them
- into names. */
-int numeric_uid = FALSE;
-
-/* Name of file containing additional patterns (-E). */
-char *pattern_file_name = NULL;
-
-/* Message to print when end of medium is reached (-M). */
-char *new_media_message = NULL;
-
-/* With -M with %d, message to print when end of medium is reached. */
-char *new_media_message_with_number = NULL;
-char *new_media_message_after_number = NULL;
-
-/* File descriptor containing the archive. */
-int archive_des;
-
-/* Name of file containing the archive, if known; NULL if stdin/out. */
-char *archive_name = NULL;
-
-/* CRC checksum. */
-unsigned long crc;
-
-/* Input and output buffers. */
-char *input_buffer, *output_buffer;
-
-/* The size of the input buffer. */
-long input_buffer_size;
-
-/* Current locations in `input_buffer' and `output_buffer'. */
-char *in_buff, *out_buff;
-
-/* Current number of bytes stored at `input_buff' and `output_buff'. */
-long input_size, output_size;
-
-/* Total number of bytes read and written for all files.
- Now that many tape drives hold more than 4Gb we need more than 32
- bits to hold input_bytes and output_bytes. But it's not worth
- the trouble of adding special multi-precision arithmetic if the
- compiler doesn't support 64 bit ints since input_bytes and
- output_bytes are only used to print the number of blocks copied. */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-long long input_bytes, output_bytes;
-#else
-long input_bytes, output_bytes;
-#endif
-
-/* 512 bytes of 0; used for various padding operations. */
-char zeros_512[512];
-
-/* Saving of argument values for later reference. */
-char *directory_name = NULL;
-char **save_patterns;
-int num_patterns;
-
-/* Character that terminates file names read from stdin. */
-char name_end = '\n';
-
-/* TRUE if input (cpio -i) or output (cpio -o) is a device node. */
-char input_is_special = FALSE;
-char output_is_special = FALSE;
-
-/* TRUE if lseek works on the input. */
-char input_is_seekable = FALSE;
-
-/* TRUE if lseek works on the output. */
-char output_is_seekable = FALSE;
-
-/* If nonzero, don't consider file names that contain a `:' to be
- on remote hosts; all files are local. */
-int f_force_local = 0;
-
-/* The name this program was run with. */
-char *program_name;
-
-/* A pointer to either lstat or stat, depending on whether
- dereferencing of symlinks is done for input files. */
-int (*xstat) ();
-
-/* Which copy operation to perform. (-i, -o, -p) */
-void (*copy_function) () = 0;
+++ /dev/null
-/* idcache.c -- map user and group IDs, cached for speed
- Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <grp.h>
-
-#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
-#include <string.h>
-#else
-#include <strings.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef _POSIX_VERSION
-struct passwd *getpwuid ();
-struct passwd *getpwnam ();
-struct group *getgrgid ();
-struct group *getgrnam ();
-#endif
-
-char *xmalloc ();
-char *xstrdup ();
-
-struct userid
-{
- union
- {
- uid_t u;
- gid_t g;
- } id;
- char *name;
- struct userid *next;
-};
-
-static struct userid *user_alist;
-
-/* The members of this list have names not in the local passwd file. */
-static struct userid *nouser_alist;
-
-/* Translate UID to a login name or a stringified number,
- with cache. */
-
-char *
-getuser (uid)
- uid_t uid;
-{
- register struct userid *tail;
- struct passwd *pwent;
- char usernum_string[20];
-
- for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
- if (tail->id.u == uid)
- return tail->name;
-
- pwent = getpwuid (uid);
- tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
- tail->id.u = uid;
- if (pwent == 0)
- {
- sprintf (usernum_string, "%u", (unsigned) uid);
- tail->name = xstrdup (usernum_string);
- }
- else
- tail->name = xstrdup (pwent->pw_name);
-
- /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first. */
- tail->next = user_alist;
- user_alist = tail;
- return tail->name;
-}
-
-/* Translate USER to a UID, with cache.
- Return NULL if there is no such user.
- (We also cache which user names have no passwd entry,
- so we don't keep looking them up.) */
-
-uid_t *
-getuidbyname (user)
- char *user;
-{
- register struct userid *tail;
- struct passwd *pwent;
-
- for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
- /* Avoid a function call for the most common case. */
- if (*tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user))
- return &tail->id.u;
-
- for (tail = nouser_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
- /* Avoid a function call for the most common case. */
- if (*tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user))
- return 0;
-
- pwent = getpwnam (user);
-
- tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
- tail->name = xstrdup (user);
-
- /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first. */
- if (pwent)
- {
- tail->id.u = pwent->pw_uid;
- tail->next = user_alist;
- user_alist = tail;
- return &tail->id.u;
- }
-
- tail->next = nouser_alist;
- nouser_alist = tail;
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Use the same struct as for userids. */
-static struct userid *group_alist;
-static struct userid *nogroup_alist;
-
-/* Translate GID to a group name or a stringified number,
- with cache. */
-
-char *
-getgroup (gid)
- gid_t gid;
-{
- register struct userid *tail;
- struct group *grent;
- char groupnum_string[20];
-
- for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
- if (tail->id.g == gid)
- return tail->name;
-
- grent = getgrgid (gid);
- tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
- tail->id.g = gid;
- if (grent == 0)
- {
- sprintf (groupnum_string, "%u", (unsigned int) gid);
- tail->name = xstrdup (groupnum_string);
- }
- else
- tail->name = xstrdup (grent->gr_name);
-
- /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first. */
- tail->next = group_alist;
- group_alist = tail;
- return tail->name;
-}
-
-/* Translate GROUP to a UID, with cache.
- Return NULL if there is no such group.
- (We also cache which group names have no group entry,
- so we don't keep looking them up.) */
-
-gid_t *
-getgidbyname (group)
- char *group;
-{
- register struct userid *tail;
- struct group *grent;
-
- for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
- /* Avoid a function call for the most common case. */
- if (*tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group))
- return &tail->id.g;
-
- for (tail = nogroup_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
- /* Avoid a function call for the most common case. */
- if (*tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group))
- return 0;
-
- grent = getgrnam (group);
-
- tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
- tail->name = xstrdup (group);
-
- /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first. */
- if (grent)
- {
- tail->id.g = grent->gr_gid;
- tail->next = group_alist;
- group_alist = tail;
- return &tail->id.g;
- }
-
- tail->next = nogroup_alist;
- nogroup_alist = tail;
- return 0;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* main.c - main program and argument processing for cpio.
- Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
-/* Written by Phil Nelson <phil@cs.wwu.edu>,
- David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>,
- and John Oleynick <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>. */
-
-/* $FreeBSD: src/contrib/cpio/main.c,v 1.3 1999/09/15 01:47:13 peter Exp $ */
-/* $DragonFly: src/contrib/cpio/main.c,v 1.2 2003/06/17 04:23:58 dillon Exp $ */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <getopt.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#endif
-#if (defined(BSD) && (BSD >= 199306))
-#include <locale.h>
-#endif
-#include "filetypes.h"
-#include "system.h"
-#include "cpiohdr.h"
-#include "dstring.h"
-#include "extern.h"
-#include "rmt.h"
-
-struct option long_opts[] =
-{
- {"null", 0, 0, '0'},
- {"append", 0, 0, 'A'},
- {"block-size", 1, 0, 130},
- {"create", 0, 0, 'o'},
- {"dereference", 0, 0, 'L'},
- {"dot", 0, 0, 'V'},
- {"extract", 0, 0, 'i'},
- {"file", 1, 0, 'F'},
- {"force-local", 0, &f_force_local, 1},
- {"format", 1, 0, 'H'},
- {"help", 0, 0, 132},
- {"io-size", 1, 0, 'C'},
- {"link", 0, &link_flag, TRUE},
- {"list", 0, &table_flag, TRUE},
- {"make-directories", 0, &create_dir_flag, TRUE},
- {"message", 1, 0, 'M'},
- {"no-absolute-filenames", 0, 0, 136},
- {"no-preserve-owner", 0, 0, 134},
- {"nonmatching", 0, ©_matching_files, FALSE},
- {"numeric-uid-gid", 0, &numeric_uid, TRUE},
- {"only-verify-crc", 0, 0, 139},
- {"owner", 1, 0, 'R'},
- {"pass-through", 0, 0, 'p'},
- {"pattern-file", 1, 0, 'E'},
- {"preserve-modification-time", 0, &retain_time_flag, TRUE},
- {"rename", 0, &rename_flag, TRUE},
- {"rename-batch-file", 1, 0, 137},
- {"quiet", 0, 0, 138},
- {"sparse", 0, 0, 135},
- {"swap", 0, 0, 'b'},
- {"swap-bytes", 0, 0, 's'},
- {"swap-halfwords", 0, 0, 'S'},
- {"reset-access-time", 0, &reset_time_flag, TRUE},
- {"unconditional", 0, &unconditional_flag, TRUE},
- {"verbose", 0, &verbose_flag, TRUE},
- {"version", 0, 0, 131},
-#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO
- {"debug", 0, &debug_flag, TRUE},
-#endif
- {0, 0, 0, 0}
-};
-
-/* Print usage message and exit with error. */
-
-void
-usage (fp, status)
- FILE *fp;
- int status;
-{
- fprintf (fp, "\
-Usage: %s {-o|--create} [-0acvABLV] [-C bytes] [-H format] [-M message]\n\
- [-O [[user@]host:]archive] [-F [[user@]host:]archive]\n\
- [--file=[[user@]host:]archive] [--format=format] [--message=message]\n\
- [--null] [--reset-access-time] [--verbose] [--dot] [--append]\n\
- [--block-size=blocks] [--dereference] [--io-size=bytes] [--quiet]\n\
- [--force-local] [--help] [--version] < name-list [> archive]\n", program_name);
- fprintf (fp, "\
- %s {-i|--extract} [-bcdfmnrtsuvBSV] [-C bytes] [-E file] [-H format]\n\
- [-M message] [-R [user][:.][group]] [-I [[user@]host:]archive]\n\
- [-F [[user@]host:]archive] [--file=[[user@]host:]archive]\n\
- [--make-directories] [--nonmatching] [--preserve-modification-time]\n\
- [--numeric-uid-gid] [--rename] [--list] [--swap-bytes] [--swap] [--dot]\n\
- [--unconditional] [--verbose] [--block-size=blocks] [--swap-halfwords]\n\
- [--io-size=bytes] [--pattern-file=file] [--format=format]\n\
- [--owner=[user][:.][group]] [--no-preserve-owner] [--message=message]\n\
- [--force-local] [--no-absolute-filenames] [--sparse] [--only-verify-crc]\n\
- [--quiet] [--help] [--version] [pattern...] [< archive]\n",
- program_name);
- fprintf (fp, "\
- %s {-p|--pass-through} [-0adlmuvLV] [-R [user][:.][group]]\n\
- [--null] [--reset-access-time] [--make-directories] [--link] [--quiet]\n\
- [--preserve-modification-time] [--unconditional] [--verbose] [--dot]\n\
- [--dereference] [--owner=[user][:.][group]] [--no-preserve-owner]\n\
- [--sparse] [--help] [--version] destination-directory < name-list\n", program_name);
- exit (status);
-}
-
-/* Process the arguments. Set all options and set up the copy pass
- directory or the copy in patterns. */
-
-void
-process_args (argc, argv)
- int argc;
- char *argv[];
-{
- extern char *version_string;
- void (*copy_in) (); /* Work around for pcc bug. */
- void (*copy_out) ();
- int c;
- char *input_archive_name = 0;
- char *output_archive_name = 0;
-
- if (argc < 2)
- usage (stderr, 2);
-
- xstat = lstat;
-
- while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv,
- "0aAbBcC:dfE:F:H:iI:lLmM:noO:prR:sStuvVz",
- long_opts, (int *) 0)) != -1)
- {
- switch (c)
- {
- case 0: /* A long option that just sets a flag. */
- break;
-
- case '0': /* Read null-terminated filenames. */
- name_end = '\0';
- break;
-
- case 'a': /* Reset access times. */
- reset_time_flag = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'A': /* Append to the archive. */
- append_flag = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'b': /* Swap bytes and halfwords. */
- swap_bytes_flag = TRUE;
- swap_halfwords_flag = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'B': /* Set block size to 5120. */
- io_block_size = 5120;
- break;
-
- case 130: /* --block-size */
- io_block_size = atoi (optarg);
- if (io_block_size < 1)
- error (2, 0, "invalid block size");
- io_block_size *= 512;
- break;
-
- case 'c': /* Use the old portable ASCII format. */
- if (archive_format != arf_unknown)
- usage (stderr, 2);
-#ifdef SVR4_COMPAT
- archive_format = arf_newascii; /* -H newc. */
-#else
- archive_format = arf_oldascii; /* -H odc. */
-#endif
- break;
-
- case 'C': /* Block size. */
- io_block_size = atoi (optarg);
- if (io_block_size < 1)
- error (2, 0, "invalid block size");
- break;
-
- case 'd': /* Create directories where needed. */
- create_dir_flag = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'f': /* Only copy files not matching patterns. */
- copy_matching_files = FALSE;
- break;
-
- case 'E': /* Pattern file name. */
- pattern_file_name = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'F': /* Archive file name. */
- archive_name = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'H': /* Header format name. */
- if (archive_format != arf_unknown)
- usage (stderr, 2);
- if (!strcmp (optarg, "crc") || !strcmp (optarg, "CRC"))
- archive_format = arf_crcascii;
- else if (!strcmp (optarg, "newc") || !strcmp (optarg, "NEWC"))
- archive_format = arf_newascii;
- else if (!strcmp (optarg, "odc") || !strcmp (optarg, "ODC"))
- archive_format = arf_oldascii;
- else if (!strcmp (optarg, "bin") || !strcmp (optarg, "BIN"))
- archive_format = arf_binary;
- else if (!strcmp (optarg, "ustar") || !strcmp (optarg, "USTAR"))
- archive_format = arf_ustar;
- else if (!strcmp (optarg, "tar") || !strcmp (optarg, "TAR"))
- archive_format = arf_tar;
- else if (!strcmp (optarg, "hpodc") || !strcmp (optarg, "HPODC"))
- archive_format = arf_hpoldascii;
- else if (!strcmp (optarg, "hpbin") || !strcmp (optarg, "HPBIN"))
- archive_format = arf_hpbinary;
- else
- error (2, 0, "\
-invalid archive format `%s'; valid formats are:\n\
-crc newc odc bin ustar tar (all-caps also recognized)", optarg);
- break;
-
- case 'i': /* Copy-in mode. */
- if (copy_function != 0)
- usage (stderr, 2);
- copy_function = process_copy_in;
- break;
-
- case 'I': /* Input archive file name. */
- input_archive_name = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'k': /* Handle corrupted archives. We always handle
- corrupted archives, but recognize this
- option for compatability. */
- break;
-
- case 'l': /* Link files when possible. */
- link_flag = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'L': /* Dereference symbolic links. */
- xstat = stat;
- break;
-
- case 'm': /* Retain previous file modify times. */
- retain_time_flag = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'M': /* New media message. */
- set_new_media_message (optarg);
- break;
-
- case 'n': /* Long list owner and group as numbers. */
- numeric_uid = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 136: /* --no-absolute-filenames */
- no_abs_paths_flag = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 134: /* --no-preserve-owner */
- if (set_owner_flag || set_group_flag)
- usage (stderr, 2);
- no_chown_flag = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'o': /* Copy-out mode. */
- if (copy_function != 0)
- usage (stderr, 2);
- copy_function = process_copy_out;
- break;
-
- case 'O': /* Output archive file name. */
- output_archive_name = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 139:
- only_verify_crc_flag = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'p': &nb
projects / dragonfly.git / commitdiff